Wiktionary thwiktionary https://th.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E0%B8%A7%E0%B8%B4%E0%B8%81%E0%B8%B4%E0%B8%9E%E0%B8%88%E0%B8%99%E0%B8%B2%E0%B8%99%E0%B8%B8%E0%B8%81%E0%B8%A3%E0%B8%A1:%E0%B8%AB%E0%B8%99%E0%B9%89%E0%B8%B2%E0%B8%AB%E0%B8%A5%E0%B8%B1%E0%B8%81 MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.5 case-sensitive สื่อ พิเศษ พูดคุย ผู้ใช้ คุยกับผู้ใช้ วิกิพจนานุกรม คุยเรื่องวิกิพจนานุกรม ไฟล์ คุยเรื่องไฟล์ มีเดียวิกิ คุยเรื่องมีเดียวิกิ แม่แบบ คุยเรื่องแม่แบบ วิธีใช้ คุยเรื่องวิธีใช้ หมวดหมู่ คุยเรื่องหมวดหมู่ ภาคผนวก คุยเรื่องภาคผนวก ดัชนี คุยเรื่องดัชนี สัมผัส คุยเรื่องสัมผัส อรรถาภิธาน คุยเรื่องอรรถาภิธาน TimedText TimedText talk มอดูล คุยเรื่องมอดูล Event Event talk 0 10197 5724293 2033726 2026-06-07T15:46:03Z Chainwit. 8735 /* ภาษาไทย */ 5724293 wikitext text/x-wiki {{also/auto}} == ภาษาไทย == [[File:Mueang Bang Khlang - วัดโบสถ์ เมืองบางขลัง (2026) บ่อน้ำพญานาค ในวัด.jpg|thumb|บ่อน้ำ]] === รากศัพท์ === {{inh+|th|tai-pro|*ɓoːᴮ}}; ร่วมเชื้อสายกับ{{cog|nod|ᨷᩬᩴ᩵}}, {{cog|lo|ບໍ່}}, {{cog|khb|ᦢᦸᧈ}}, {{cog|twh|ꪚꪮꫀ}}, {{cog|shn|မေႃႇ}} หรือ {{m|shn|ဝေႃႇ}}, {{cog|tdd|ᥛᥨᥝᥱ}}, {{cog|phk|မေႃ}}, {{cog|aho|𑜈𑜦𑜨𑜡}} หรือ {{m|aho|𑜉𑜦𑜨𑜡}}, {{cog|za|mboq}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron}} === คำนาม === {{th-noun}} # [[ช่อง]][[ลึก]][[ลง]][[ไป]][[ใน]][[ดิน]][[หรือ]]ใน[[หิน]][[ใช้]][[เป็น]][[ที่]][[ขัง]][[น้ำ]]ขัง[[ปลา]][[เป็นต้น]] หรือเป็น[[แหล่ง]]ที่[[เกิด]][[ของ]][[สิ่ง]][[บาง]][[อย่าง]] #: {{ux|th|บ่อเกลือ}} #: {{ux|th|บ่อถ่านหิน}} #: {{ux|th|บ่อแร่}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{ตำบล|ขลุง|จันทบุรี}} iw1owqwnvgo5u3akaqu4a8nt8ce32t3 0 17102 5724355 5720392 2026-06-08T08:40:04Z OctraBot 3198 เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724355 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาดัตช์ == === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|nl|/noːrt ɑ.ˈmeː.ri.kaː/}} * {{audio|nl|Nl-Noord-Amerika.ogg}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{nl-proper noun|n}} # {{tcl|nl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== {{col|nl |Noord-Amerikaans }} === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|nl|Zuid-Amerika}} == ภาษาอาฟรีกานส์ == {{wp|af:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{af-proper noun|head=[[noord|Noord]]-[[Amerika]]}} # {{tcl|af|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|af|Noord-Amerikaans}} * {{l|af|Noord-Amerikaner}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/af}} 2fjr6ofmzcrf16igbhzlma5r5xn7q5m 0 19472 5724391 5719735 2026-06-08T09:16:54Z OctraBot 3198 /* ภาษาลาว */ เก็บกวาด 5724391 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลาว == {{wp|lo:ອາເມຣິກາເໜືອ}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|lo|ອາເມຣິກາເໜືອ}} === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{com|lo|ອາເມລິກາ|ເໜືອ}} === การออกเสียง === {{lo-pron|ອາ-ເມ-ລິ-ກາ-ເໜືອ}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{lo-proper noun}} # {{tcl|lo|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{table:continents/lo}} iwrx3cv8aoye41eqrvrcsfrt0kwm9rp 0 20052 5724301 5724289 2026-06-08T03:15:38Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำนาม */ 5724301 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|ऋग्वेद||คัมภีร์ฤคเวท}}; เทียบ{{cog|pi|อิรุพฺเพท}}, ซึ่งยืมมาเป็น{{cog|th|อิรุพเพท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|รึก-คะ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} ชื่อ[[คัมภีร์]]ที่ 1 ในตำรา[[พระเวท]]ของศาสนา[[พราหมณ์]] ay8po16bc98w7yic4s5tccm5oi4v9pj 5724303 5724301 2026-06-08T03:17:27Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ เก็บกวาด 5724303 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|ऋग्वेद||คัมภีร์ฤคเวท}}; เทียบ{{cog|pi|อิรุพฺเพท}}, ซึ่งยืมมาเป็น{{cog|th|อิรุพเพท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|รึก-คะ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 1 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[ใช้]][[ภาษาสันสกฤต]][[รุ่น]][[เก่า]][[ที่สุด]] [[ประพันธ์]][[เป็น]][[ฉันท์]] [[มี]][[อายุ]][[ประมาณ]] 500 [[ถึง]] 1,000 [[ปี]][[ก่อน]][[พุทธกาล]] g6oqcknzs3xpg037kakzxciqoy9kpg4 5724304 5724303 2026-06-08T03:17:54Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724304 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|ऋग्वेद||คัมภีร์ฤคเวท}}; เทียบ{{cog|pi|อิรุพฺเพท}}, ซึ่งยืมมาเป็น{{cog|th|อิรุพเพท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|รึก-คะ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 1 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[ใช้]][[ภาษาสันสกฤต]][[รุ่น]][[เก่า]][[ที่สุด]] [[ประพันธ์]][[เป็น]][[ฉันท์]] [[มี]][[อายุ]][[ประมาณ]] 500 [[ถึง]] 1,000 [[ปี]][[ก่อน]][[พุทธกาล]] #: {{syn|th|อิรุพเพท}} rpez0c3xgnjcsbmkm104inxa26fn56h 10 23026 5724345 95816 2026-06-08T08:32:35Z OctraBot 3198 5724345 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:checkparams|error}}<!-- Validate template parameters --><templatestyles src="Template:reflist/style.css" /><!-- --><div class="reflist <!-- -->{{#if:{{{style|}}}|list-style-{{{style|}}}}} <!-- -->{{#if:{{{size|}}}|font-size-{{{size|}}}}} <!-- -->{{#if:{{{nobacklinks|}}}|nobacklinks}}" <!-- -->{{#if:{{{cols|}}}|data-column-count="{{{cols|}}}"}}><!-- -->{{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|{{{1|}}}}}}|responsive={{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{width|}}}|0|1}}}}<!-- --></div><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 6gcodma9g2r2hvuw5fkppn50wghklei 5724347 5724345 2026-06-08T08:33:19Z OctraBot 3198 OctraBot ย้ายหน้า [[แม่แบบ:รายการอ้างอิง]] ไปยัง [[แม่แบบ:reflist]] ทับหน้าเปลี่ยนทาง 5724345 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:checkparams|error}}<!-- Validate template parameters --><templatestyles src="Template:reflist/style.css" /><!-- --><div class="reflist <!-- -->{{#if:{{{style|}}}|list-style-{{{style|}}}}} <!-- -->{{#if:{{{size|}}}|font-size-{{{size|}}}}} <!-- -->{{#if:{{{nobacklinks|}}}|nobacklinks}}" <!-- -->{{#if:{{{cols|}}}|data-column-count="{{{cols|}}}"}}><!-- -->{{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|{{{1|}}}}}}|responsive={{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{width|}}}|0|1}}}}<!-- --></div><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 6gcodma9g2r2hvuw5fkppn50wghklei 0 44125 5724291 1520924 2026-06-07T15:19:33Z Chainwit. 8735 /* คำนาม */ 5724291 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp}} === รากศัพท์ === {{com|th|บาย|ศรี}}; เทียบ{{cog|km|បាយស្រី}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|บาย-สี}} === คำนาม === [[File:Phra Mae Ya Shrine - ศาลพระแม่ย่า (2026) - exterior img 14.jpg|thumb|บายศรี]] {{th-noun}} # [[เครื่อง]][[เชิญ]][[ขวัญ]][[หรือ]][[รับขวัญ]] [[ทำ]][[ด้วย]][[ใบตอง]] [[รูป]][[คล้าย]][[กระทง]][[เป็น]][[ชั้น]] ๆ [[มี]][[ขนาด]][[ใหญ่]][[เล็ก]][[สอบ]][[ขึ้น]][[ไป]][[ตาม]][[ลำดับ]] เป็น 3 ชั้น 5 ชั้น 7 ชั้น หรือ 9 ชั้น มี[[เสา]][[ปัก]][[ตรง]][[กลาง]]เป็น[[แกน]] มีเครื่อง[[สังเวย]][[วาง]][[อยู่]][[ใน]]บายศรี[[และ]]มี[[ไข่ขวัญ]][[เสียบ]]อยู่[[บน]][[ยอด]]บายศรี มี[[หลาย]][[อย่าง]] #: {{ux|th|บายศรีตอง}} #: {{ux|th|บายศรีปากชาม}} #: {{ux|th|บายศรีใหญ่}} 62vzlryt9l11fqlvavsw6j2ew63jy02 5724310 5724291 2026-06-08T03:35:48Z OctraBot 3198 5724310 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp}} [[File:Phra Mae Ya Shrine - ศาลพระแม่ย่า (2026) - exterior img 14.jpg|thumb|บายศรี]] === รากศัพท์ === {{com|th|บาย|ศรี}}; เทียบ{{cog|km|បាយស្រី}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|บาย-สี}} === คำนาม === {{th-noun}} # [[เครื่อง]][[เชิญ]][[ขวัญ]][[หรือ]][[รับขวัญ]] [[ทำ]][[ด้วย]][[ใบตอง]] [[รูป]][[คล้าย]][[กระทง]][[เป็น]][[ชั้น]] ๆ [[มี]][[ขนาด]][[ใหญ่]][[เล็ก]][[สอบ]][[ขึ้น]][[ไป]][[ตาม]][[ลำดับ]] เป็น 3 ชั้น 5 ชั้น 7 ชั้น หรือ 9 ชั้น มี[[เสา]][[ปัก]][[ตรง]][[กลาง]]เป็น[[แกน]] มีเครื่อง[[สังเวย]][[วาง]][[อยู่]][[ใน]]บายศรี[[และ]]มี[[ไข่ขวัญ]][[เสียบ]]อยู่[[บน]][[ยอด]]บายศรี มี[[หลาย]][[อย่าง]] #: {{ux|th|บายศรีตอง}} #: {{ux|th|บายศรีปากชาม}} #: {{ux|th|บายศรีใหญ่}} bkbrekogop0l4y8ouaj2ymn908wquk1 0 45553 5724333 5720249 2026-06-08T08:04:03Z OctraBot 3198 เก็บกวาด 5724333 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาจีน == {{zh-forms|type=12}} === การออกเสียง === {{zh-pron |m=Běiměizhōu |c=bak1 mei5 zau1 |h=pfs=Pet-mî-chû;hrs=h:bed muiˋ zhiuˋ |mn=Pak-bí-chiu |mn-t=bag4 mui2 ziu1 |cat=pn }} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|zh|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|zh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|zh|北美|北亞美利加}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{table:continents/zh}} 1ma2atak24gfkem058lka4tserxvdev 828 169566 5724336 1569508 2026-06-08T08:08:55Z OctraBot 3198 5724336 Scribunto text/plain local export = {} local tt = { ['Ꭰ'] = 'อา', ['Ꭱ'] = 'เอ', ['Ꭲ'] = 'อี', ['Ꭳ'] = 'โอ', ['Ꭴ'] = 'อู', ['Ꭵ'] = 'เอิง์', ['Ꭶ'] = 'กา', ['Ꭷ'] = 'คา', ['Ꭸ'] = 'เก', ['Ꭹ'] = 'กี', ['Ꭺ'] = 'โก', ['Ꭻ'] = 'กู', ['Ꭼ'] = 'เกิง์', ['Ꭽ'] = 'ฮา', ['Ꭾ'] = 'เฮ', ['Ꭿ'] = 'ฮี', ['Ꮀ'] = 'โฮ', ['Ꮁ'] = 'ฮู', ['Ꮂ'] = 'เฮิง์', ['Ꮃ'] = 'ลา', ['Ꮄ'] = 'เล', ['Ꮅ'] = 'ลี', ['Ꮆ'] = 'โล', ['Ꮇ'] = 'ลู', ['Ꮈ'] = 'เลิง์', ['Ꮉ'] = 'มา', ['Ꮊ'] = 'เม', ['Ꮋ'] = 'มี', ['Ꮌ'] = 'โม', ['Ꮍ'] = 'มู', ['Ᏽ'] = 'เมิง์', ['Ꮎ'] = 'นา', ['Ꮏ'] = 'ฮ๎นา', ['Ꮐ'] = 'นาฮ์', ['Ꮑ'] = 'เน', ['Ꮒ'] = 'นี', ['Ꮓ'] = 'โน', ['Ꮔ'] = 'นู', ['Ꮕ'] = 'เนิง์', ['Ꮖ'] = 'ค๎วา', ['Ꮗ'] = 'ค๎เว', ['Ꮘ'] = 'ค๎วี', ['Ꮙ'] = 'ค๎โว', ['Ꮚ'] = 'ค๎วู', ['Ꮛ'] = 'ค๎เวิง์', ['Ꮝ'] = 'ส', ['Ꮜ'] = 'ซา', ['Ꮞ'] = 'เซ', ['Ꮟ'] = 'ซี', ['Ꮠ'] = 'โซ', ['Ꮡ'] = 'ซู', ['Ꮢ'] = 'เซิง์', ['Ꮣ'] = 'ดา', ['Ꮤ'] = 'ทา', ['Ꮥ'] = 'เด', ['Ꮦ'] = 'เท', ['Ꮧ'] = 'ดี', ['Ꮨ'] = 'ที', ['Ꮩ'] = 'โด', ['Ꮪ'] = 'ดู', ['Ꮫ'] = 'เดิง์', ['Ꮬ'] = 'ด๎ลา', ['Ꮭ'] = 'ท๎ลา', ['Ꮮ'] = 'ท๎เล', ['Ꮯ'] = 'ท๎ลี', ['Ꮰ'] = 'ท๎โล', ['Ꮱ'] = 'ท๎ลู', ['Ꮲ'] = 'ท๎เลิง์', ['Ꮳ'] = 'ท๎ซา', ['Ꮴ'] = 'ท๎เซ', ['Ꮵ'] = 'ท๎ซี', ['Ꮶ'] = 'ท๎โซ', ['Ꮷ'] = 'ท๎ซู', ['Ꮸ'] = 'ท๎เซิง์', ['Ꮹ'] = 'วา', ['Ꮺ'] = 'เว', ['Ꮻ'] = 'วี', ['Ꮼ'] = 'โว', ['Ꮽ'] = 'วู', ['Ꮾ'] = 'เวิง์', ['Ꮿ'] = 'ยา', ['Ᏸ'] = 'เย', ['Ᏹ'] = 'ยี', ['Ᏺ'] = 'โย', ['Ᏻ'] = 'ยู', ['Ᏼ'] = 'เยิง์', } function export.tr(text) text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, '.', tt) return text end return export j4vvjl4fi69d7ergw483b80aopofcw1 5724337 5724336 2026-06-08T08:11:03Z OctraBot 3198 5724337 Scribunto text/plain local export = {} local tt = { ['Ꭰ'] = 'อา', ['Ꭱ'] = 'เอ', ['Ꭲ'] = 'อี', ['Ꭳ'] = 'โอ', ['Ꭴ'] = 'อู', ['Ꭵ'] = 'เอิง์', ['Ꭶ'] = 'กา', ['Ꭷ'] = 'คา', ['Ꭸ'] = 'เก', ['Ꭹ'] = 'กี', ['Ꭺ'] = 'โก', ['Ꭻ'] = 'กู', ['Ꭼ'] = 'เกิง์', ['Ꭽ'] = 'ฮา', ['Ꭾ'] = 'เฮ', ['Ꭿ'] = 'ฮี', ['Ꮀ'] = 'โฮ', ['Ꮁ'] = 'ฮู', ['Ꮂ'] = 'เฮิง์', ['Ꮃ'] = 'ลา', ['Ꮄ'] = 'เล', ['Ꮅ'] = 'ลี', ['Ꮆ'] = 'โล', ['Ꮇ'] = 'ลู', ['Ꮈ'] = 'เลิง์', ['Ꮉ'] = 'มา', ['Ꮊ'] = 'เม', ['Ꮋ'] = 'มี', ['Ꮌ'] = 'โม', ['Ꮍ'] = 'มู', ['Ᏽ'] = 'เมิง์', ['Ꮎ'] = 'นา', ['Ꮏ'] = 'ฮ๎นา', ['Ꮐ'] = 'นาฮ์', ['Ꮑ'] = 'เน', ['Ꮒ'] = 'นี', ['Ꮓ'] = 'โน', ['Ꮔ'] = 'นู', ['Ꮕ'] = 'เนิง์', ['Ꮖ'] = 'ค๎วา', ['Ꮗ'] = 'ค๎เว', ['Ꮘ'] = 'ค๎วี', ['Ꮙ'] = 'ค๎โว', ['Ꮚ'] = 'ค๎วู', ['Ꮛ'] = 'ค๎เวิง์', ['Ꮝ'] = 'ส', ['Ꮜ'] = 'ซา', ['Ꮞ'] = 'เซ', ['Ꮟ'] = 'ซี', ['Ꮠ'] = 'โซ', ['Ꮡ'] = 'ซู', ['Ꮢ'] = 'เซิง์', ['Ꮣ'] = 'ดา', ['Ꮤ'] = 'ทา', ['Ꮥ'] = 'เด', ['Ꮦ'] = 'เท', ['Ꮧ'] = 'ดี', ['Ꮨ'] = 'ที', ['Ꮩ'] = 'โด', ['Ꮪ'] = 'ดู', ['Ꮫ'] = 'เดิง์', ['Ꮬ'] = 'ด๎ลา', ['Ꮭ'] = 'ท๎ลา', ['Ꮮ'] = 'ท๎เล', ['Ꮯ'] = 'ท๎ลี', ['Ꮰ'] = 'ท๎โล', ['Ꮱ'] = 'ท๎ลู', ['Ꮲ'] = 'ท๎เลิง์', ['Ꮳ'] = 'ท͜ซา', ['Ꮴ'] = 'เท͜ซ', ['Ꮵ'] = 'ท͜ซี', ['Ꮶ'] = 'โท͜ซ', ['Ꮷ'] = 'ท͜ซู', ['Ꮸ'] = 'เท͜ซิง์', ['Ꮹ'] = 'วา', ['Ꮺ'] = 'เว', ['Ꮻ'] = 'วี', ['Ꮼ'] = 'โว', ['Ꮽ'] = 'วู', ['Ꮾ'] = 'เวิง์', ['Ꮿ'] = 'ยา', ['Ᏸ'] = 'เย', ['Ᏹ'] = 'ยี', ['Ᏺ'] = 'โย', ['Ᏻ'] = 'ยู', ['Ᏼ'] = 'เยิง์', } function export.tr(text) text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, '.', tt) return text end return export 84mwc0579ybam5f6h05c5hc3kndd77c 5724338 5724337 2026-06-08T08:12:11Z OctraBot 3198 5724338 Scribunto text/plain local export = {} local tt = { ['Ꭰ'] = 'อา', ['Ꭱ'] = 'เอ', ['Ꭲ'] = 'อี', ['Ꭳ'] = 'โอ', ['Ꭴ'] = 'อู', ['Ꭵ'] = 'เอิง์', ['Ꭶ'] = 'กา', ['Ꭷ'] = 'คา', ['Ꭸ'] = 'เก', ['Ꭹ'] = 'กี', ['Ꭺ'] = 'โก', ['Ꭻ'] = 'กู', ['Ꭼ'] = 'เกิง์', ['Ꭽ'] = 'ฮา', ['Ꭾ'] = 'เฮ', ['Ꭿ'] = 'ฮี', ['Ꮀ'] = 'โฮ', ['Ꮁ'] = 'ฮู', ['Ꮂ'] = 'เฮิง์', ['Ꮃ'] = 'ลา', ['Ꮄ'] = 'เล', ['Ꮅ'] = 'ลี', ['Ꮆ'] = 'โล', ['Ꮇ'] = 'ลู', ['Ꮈ'] = 'เลิง์', ['Ꮉ'] = 'มา', ['Ꮊ'] = 'เม', ['Ꮋ'] = 'มี', ['Ꮌ'] = 'โม', ['Ꮍ'] = 'มู', ['Ᏽ'] = 'เมิง์', ['Ꮎ'] = 'นา', ['Ꮏ'] = 'ฮ๎นา', ['Ꮐ'] = 'นาฮ์', ['Ꮑ'] = 'เน', ['Ꮒ'] = 'นี', ['Ꮓ'] = 'โน', ['Ꮔ'] = 'นู', ['Ꮕ'] = 'เนิง์', ['Ꮖ'] = 'ค๎วา', ['Ꮗ'] = 'เค๎ว', ['Ꮘ'] = 'ค๎วี', ['Ꮙ'] = 'โค๎ว', ['Ꮚ'] = 'ค๎วู', ['Ꮛ'] = 'เค๎วิง์', ['Ꮝ'] = 'ส', ['Ꮜ'] = 'ซา', ['Ꮞ'] = 'เซ', ['Ꮟ'] = 'ซี', ['Ꮠ'] = 'โซ', ['Ꮡ'] = 'ซู', ['Ꮢ'] = 'เซิง์', ['Ꮣ'] = 'ดา', ['Ꮤ'] = 'ทา', ['Ꮥ'] = 'เด', ['Ꮦ'] = 'เท', ['Ꮧ'] = 'ดี', ['Ꮨ'] = 'ที', ['Ꮩ'] = 'โด', ['Ꮪ'] = 'ดู', ['Ꮫ'] = 'เดิง์', ['Ꮬ'] = 'ด๎ลา', ['Ꮭ'] = 'ท๎ลา', ['Ꮮ'] = 'เท๎ล', ['Ꮯ'] = 'ท๎ลี', ['Ꮰ'] = 'โท๎ล', ['Ꮱ'] = 'ท๎ลู', ['Ꮲ'] = 'เท๎ลิง์', ['Ꮳ'] = 'ท͜ซา', ['Ꮴ'] = 'เท͜ซ', ['Ꮵ'] = 'ท͜ซี', ['Ꮶ'] = 'โท͜ซ', ['Ꮷ'] = 'ท͜ซู', ['Ꮸ'] = 'เท͜ซิง์', ['Ꮹ'] = 'วา', ['Ꮺ'] = 'เว', ['Ꮻ'] = 'วี', ['Ꮼ'] = 'โว', ['Ꮽ'] = 'วู', ['Ꮾ'] = 'เวิง์', ['Ꮿ'] = 'ยา', ['Ᏸ'] = 'เย', ['Ᏹ'] = 'ยี', ['Ᏺ'] = 'โย', ['Ᏻ'] = 'ยู', ['Ᏼ'] = 'เยิง์', } function export.tr(text) text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, '.', tt) return text end return export aft6c0l71gb5cg771x3qkfae1jsbih9 0 271264 5724395 1331018 2026-06-08T09:23:47Z OctraBot 3198 /* ภาษาเวียดนาม */ เก็บกวาด 5724395 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเวียดนาม == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{vi-proper noun}} # {{vi-alternative spelling of|Bắc Mĩ}}: {{tcl|vi|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} {{q|โดยปกติไม่รวมอเมริกากลางและแคริบเบียน}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{vi-adj}} # {{vi-alternative spelling of|Bắc Mĩ}}: {{demonym-adj|vi|<<cont/อเมริกาเหนือ>>|t=ที่เกี่ยวกับอเมริกาเหนือ}} {{q|โดยปกติไม่รวมอเมริกากลางและแคริบเบียน}} fcfiqfplf2c4m9ggcc03mgwokyxywhf 828 283922 5724340 5720701 2026-06-08T08:20:18Z OctraBot 3198 5724340 Scribunto text/plain local export = {} local force_cat = false -- set to true for testing local m_placetypes = require("Module:place/placetypes") local m_links = require("Module:links") local memoize = require("Module:memoize") local m_strutils = require("Module:string utilities") local m_table = require("Module:table") local debug_track_module = "Module:debug/track" local en_utilities_module = "Module:en-utilities" local form_of_module = "Module:form of" local languages_module = "Module:languages" local parse_interface_module = "Module:parse interface" local parse_utilities_module = "Module:parse utilities" local parameter_utilities_module = "Module:parameter utilities" local utilities_module = "Module:utilities" local enlang = require(languages_module).getByCode("en") local rmatch = m_strutils.match local rfind = m_strutils.find local ulen = m_strutils.len local split = m_strutils.split local dump = mw.dumpObject local insert = table.insert local concat = table.concat local pluralize = require(en_utilities_module).pluralize local extend = m_table.extend local unpack = unpack or table.unpack -- Lua 5.2 compatibility local internal_error = m_placetypes.internal_error local process_error = m_placetypes.process_error local placetype_data = m_placetypes.placetype_data --[==[ intro: ===Introduction=== This module implements {{tl|place}}, which is a template for standardizing the description and categorization of toponyms (terms that refer to locations such as cities, countries, rivers, etc.). The following modules support this template: * [[Module:place]]: The main module. * [[Module:place/placetypes]]: A module containing data on placetypes, as well as utilities for working with placetypes; category generation handlers for adding categories based on placetypes; and display handlers for displaying holonyms (i.e. containing locations) of a specific type. FIXME: Maybe split out the code from the data. * [[Module:place/locations]]: A module containing data on known locations, as well as utilities for working with such locations. FIXME: Maybe split out the code from the data. * [[Module:category tree/topic/Places]]: A category tree module for generating the descriptions of all categories generated by {{tl|place}}. * [[Module:place doc]]: A module that generates documentation tables describing known placetypes and locations. ===Basic terminology=== The basic terminology used in this and associated {{tl|place}} modules is: * A ''location'' (or equivalently, a ''place'') is any geographic feature (either natural or geopolitical), either on the surface of the Earth or elsewhere. Examples of types of natural places are rivers, mountains, seas and moons; examples of types of geopolitical places are cities, countries, neighborhoods and roads. A ''known location'' is specifically a location whose properties are specified in the {{tl|place}} modules; more on them below. * Specific places are identified by names, referred to as ''toponyms'' or ''placenames''. A given place will often have multiple names, and a given toponym may be ambiguous, referring to multiple possible locations. Specifically: ** There may be names including different amounts of disambiguating information (`Tucson` vs. `Tucson, Arizona` vs. `Tucson, Arizona, USA` or `New York` vs. `New York City` vs. `New York, New York`); abbreviations (`NYC` for `New York City`, `USA` for `United States of America`); ''official'' vs. ''short'' names (e.g. `Union of Soviet Socialist Republics` vs. `Soviet Union`); spelling variations (`Cracow` vs. `Krakow` vs. `Kraków`); current vs. former names (`Saint Petersburg` vs. `Leningrad` vs. `Petrograd`); [[exonym]]s vs. [[endonym]]s (e.g. `Tavastia Proper` vs. `Kanta-Häme`, both referring to the same administrative region in Finland); alternative names not due to any of the above reasons (`Bashkiria` vs. `Bashkortostan`); etc. In addition, each language that has an opportunity to refer to the place will have its own name, with the same sorts of variations as exist in English. ** Examples of ambiguous toponyms are `New York` (either a city or a state); `Georgia` (either a state of the US or an independent country in the Caucasus Mountains); `Paris` (either the capital of France or various small cities and towns in the US); `Mexico` (either a country, a state of that country, or the capital city of that country); and `San Antonio` (besides being a major city in Texas, it is the name of dozens of settlements of all sorts throughout the US and Latin America, and a least 181 distinct [[barangay]]s in the Philippines). * A ''placetype'' is the (or a) type that a location belongs to (e.g. `city`, `state`, `river`, `administrative region`, `[[regional county municipality]]`, etc.). ** It is common for locations to be described using multiple placetypes, and even sometimes known locations have multiple placetypes that they may be identified by (e.g. American Samoa can be identified either as an `unincorporated territory`, an `overseas territory` or just a `territory`). Both the {{tl|place}} template and the known location data allow a given location to be identified by multiple placetypes. When in doubt as to the correct placetype or placetypes for a given location, generally follow how Wikipedia describes the place. ** Some placetypes themselves are ambiguous; e.g. an ''area'' can variously refer to a top-level administrative division (specifically of Kuwait); a geographic region, generally without unambiguously defined borders; or a section of a city, similar to a neighborhood. The term ''district'' is similarly ambiguous. A ''[[prefecture]]'' in the context of Japan is similar to a province, but a prefecture in France is the capital of a ''[[department]]'' (which is similar to a county). Some of this ambiguity is currently handled automatically; e.g. the ambiguity of areas and districts is handled by looking at the ''holonyms'', or containing locations, specified for a given place. But sometimes it is necessary to use a qualifier before the placetype to disambiguate; for example to refer to a French prefecture, use the placetype `French prefecture` instead of just `prefecture`. (FIXME: Handle this automatically.) * A ''holonym'', in the context of a description of a place, is a placename that refers to a larger-sized entity that contains the location being described. For example, `Arizona` and `United States` are holonyms of `Tucson`, and `United States` is a holonym of `Arizona`. * A ''place invocation'' consists of the invocation of {{tl|place}}, including all its parameters. Place invocations may contain one or more ''place descriptions'', each of which provides a description of the location, including its placetype or types, any holonyms, and any additional raw text needed to properly explain the place in context. Place invocations may also contain named parameters specifying zero or more English ''glosses'' or translations (for foreign-language toponyms) and any attached ''extra information'' such as the capital, largest city, official name, modern name or full name. Multiple place descriptions in a single invocation are separated by a numbered parameter starting with a semicolon, and are used when it is necessary to provide two or more definitions of a single location for proper categorization. For example, [[Vatican City]] is defined both as a city-state in Southern Europe and as an enclave within the city of Rome, follows: : {{tl|place|en|city-state|r/Southern Europe|;,|an <<enclave>> within the city of [[Rome]], [[Italy]]|cat=Places in Rome|official=Vatican City State}}. Similar things need to be done for places like [[Crimea]] that are claimed by two different countries with different definitions and administrative structures. ** There are two types of place descriptions, ''new-style'' and ''old-style''. (The use of the terms "new" and "old" indicates chronological precedence in the development of {{tl|place}}, but is not meant to pass any value judgments on the two types, and does not indicate any intent to deprecate old-style descriptions. Both types of descriptions are useful; for example, old-style descriptions are generally more succinct but less flexible.) The above invocation shows both types: an old-style description followed by a new-style description. Old style descriptions use multiple numbered parameters, where the first parameter (after the language code) specifies the placetype or types, and following parameters specify either holonyms (which are always of the form ` ``placetype``/``placename`` `) or raw text (which is identifiable by not having a slash in it). New-style descriptions use a single parameter, where both placetypes and holonyms are surrounded by double angle brackets, and all remaining text is raw (displayed as-is). In both types of descriptions, holonyms include a slash in them to separate the placetype (which is mandatory and often abbreviated) from the placename. ** In the context of a place description, there are two types of placetypes. The ''entry placetypes'' are the placetypes of the place being described, while the ''holonym placetypes'' are the placetypes of the holonyms that the place being described is located within. Currently, a given place can have multiple placetypes specified (e.g. [[Normandy]] is specified using the ''compound placetype'' `administrative region/former province/and/medieval kingdom`) while a given holonym can have only one placetype associated with it. Holonym placetypes are frequently abbreviated (e.g. `r` for `region`, `s` for `state`, `co` for `county`, etc.), while stylistically it is preferred to spell out the entry placetype (except for some long placetypes with well-known abbreviations, such as `CDP` or `cdp` for `[[census-designated place]]`). ** All holonyms in place descriptions are automatically linked as if surrounded by {{tl|l|en|...}}; i.e. if double brackets do not occur in the holonym, the entire holonym will be linked to the corresponding Wiktionary article. For this reason, the holonym should generally be in the same format as the canonical Wiktionary article describing the location; see below). * A ''known location'' is a location whose properties are specifically defined in the {{tl|place}} modules. Generally each such location has an associated category, and known locations exist in a containment hierarchy, where the immediately containing known location is known as the ''container'' of the location and the chain of successive containing locations is known as the ''container trail''. Generally the location's container corresponds to the first parent of its category. Note that some known locations belong to more than one immediate container; for example, Russia belongs to both Europe and Asia. ===More about placetypes=== # The following general categories of placetypes exist: ## ''Natural features'' such as lakes, mountains, mountain ranges, islands, archipelagoes, moons, stars, asteroids, etc. ## ''Continents'', ''supercontinents'' (groupings of continents where it makes sense, such as `America` and `Eurasia`) and ''continent-level regions'' (grouping of countries in a given continent, such as `Central America` and `Polynesia`). ## ''Political entities'', which are generally classified as either ''polities'' (top-level entities such as countries), ''subpolities'' or ''political divisions'' (non-sovereign divisions, often specifically ''administrative divisions'', of a polity, where an administrative division has a governmental or statistical function and almost always has unambiguously defined boundaries), or ''settlements'' (e.g. cities; towns; villages; and divisions of a city such as neighborhoods, wards, [[barrio]]s and [[barangay]]s, which may or may not be formal administrative divisions and may or may not have unambiguous boundaries). ## ''Geographic regions'', which refer to recognized areas of the Earth (either with a natural geographic, political or cultural significance, often of a historical nature). Such regions can be of greatly varying size, may exist either within a single country or spanning multiple countries or (more often) parts of multiple countries, and may not have well-defined boundaries. They should be distinguished from ''administrative regions'', which exist within a single country and have well-defined boundaries and a political or administrative function. Geographic regions are categorized using the generic term ''geographic and cultural areas'' to emphasize that (a) they have no administrative significance; (b) they may vary greatly in size; and (c) their cohesion is due either to natural geographic boundaries, such as rivers or mountain ranges, or to sharing some cultural characteristics. ## ''Man-made structures'' below the level of a settlement or neighborhood, such as airports, roads, individual buildings, and the like. (Note that such structures, even if named, often do not meet the [[WT:CFI]] criteria; this is particularly the case for roads.) # Placetypes support aliases, and the mapping to canonical form happens early on in the processing. For example, `state` can be abbreviated as `s`; `administrative region` as `adr`; `regional county municipality` as `rcomun`; etc. Some placetype aliases handle alternative spellings rather than abbreviations. For example, `departmental capital` maps to `department capital`, and `home-rule city` maps to `home rule city`. Placetype abbreviations are particularly useful in holonym specs, because every holonym must be accompanied by its placetype, for disambiguation purposes. # A ''placetype qualifier'' is an adjective prepended to the placetype to give additional information about the place being described. For example, a given place may be described as a `small city`; logically this is still a city, but the qualifier `small` gives additional information about the place. Multiple qualifiers can be stacked, e.g. `small affluent beachfront unincorporated community`, where `unincorporated community` is a recognized placetype and `small`, `affluent` and `beachfront` are qualifiers. (As shown here, it may not always be obvious where the qualifiers end and the placetype begins.) For the most part, placetype qualifiers do not affect categorization; a `small city` is still a city and an `affluent beachfront unincorporated community` is still an unincorporated community, and both should still be categorized as such. But some qualifiers do change the categorization. In particular, a `former province` is no longer a province and should not be categorized in e.g. [[:Category:Provinces of Italy]], but instead in a different set of categories, e.g. [[:Category:Historical political subdivisions]]. There are several terms treated as equivalent for this purpose: `abandoned` `ancient`, `extinct`, `historic(al)`, `medi(a)eval` and `traditional`. Another set of qualifiers that change categorization are `fictional` and `mythological`, which cause any term using the qualifier to be categorized respectively into [[:Category:Fictional locations]] and [[:Category:Mythological locations]]. ===More about toponyms=== # Toponyms may be: ## ''simple'' (not including any containing location in its name, such as `Tucson`) or ''multipart'' (including one or more containing locations, such as `Tucson, Arizona` or `Tucson, USA` or even `Tucson, Arizona, USA`); ## ''bare'' (not including the word `the` if the location normally requires this article when following a preposition, such as `United States`, `Gambia` or 'Community of Madrid') or ''prefixed'' (including the word `the` as needed, such as `the United States`, `the Gambia` or `the Community of Madrid`); ## ''elliptical'' (just the placename without any disambiguating placetype, such as `Durham`, `New York` or `Mexico`) or ''full'' (containing a disambiguating placetype or similar identifier if one is commonly included, such as the city of `Durham` (in England) vs. its containing county `County Durham`; the US city `New York City` vs. its containing state `New York`; or the three-way distinction between `Mexico` (the country), `Mexico City` (the capital of this country) and `(the) State of Mexico` (one of the states of the country Mexico, mostly surrounding but not including Mexico City)). # The ''canonical Wiktionary article'' is the main article on Wiktionary where a location is described. Canonical articles, per the above terminology, are generally ''simple'' and ''bare'', but may be either ''full'' or ''elliptical''. The fact that a given article is canonical is often identifiable by the fact that translations are housed there an not somewhere else. For example, most counties of the US and Canada include the word `County` in their canonical article name, but most counties elsewhere do not. `Washington, D.C.` is one of the few cases where a non-simple toponym is used as the canonical article; this is based on common usage, especially by residents of the city in question (who commonly refer to it as "D.C." but rarely just as "Washington"). ===More about known locations=== # The following types of known locations are defined in this module: ## Continents, supercontinents and continent-level regions, into which countries are grouped. Specifically: ### At the top level below `Earth` are the supercontinents `America` and `Eurasia` and the continents `Africa`, `Oceania` and `Antartica`. ### `America` is further broken down into the continents `North America` (in turn containing the continental regions `Central America` and `Caribbean`, with the United States, Canada and Mexico directly under North America) and `South America`. ### `Eurasia` is further broken down into the continents `Europe` and `Asia`. ### `Oceania` is further broken down into the continental regions `Melanesia`, `Micronesia` and `Polynesia`, with Australia` directly under `Oceania. ### Under the above-specified divisions are countries. Some countries are placed in more than one continent or continent-level region, either because they actually span two continents (e.g. Russia, Turkey, Kazakhstan, Egypt) or because they are politically considered to belong to a continent different from the one they are geographically in (Cyprus, Georgia, Armenia, etc.). ## Political entities, including: ### Top-level political entities, which includes: #### Countries, with a fairly liberal definition, notably including all UN-recognized countries plus some others that are commonly considered countries, even if not all other countries recognize them as such or consider them completely independent (notably, Kosovo, Palestine, Taiwan, Western Sahara, Niue and the Cook Islands). #### Pseudo-countries, which include areas calling themselves countries that are de-facto not under the control of the country that they are internationally considered part of (e.g. Abkhazia, South Ossetia, Transnistria); dependent/external/etc. territories of countries (e.g. American Samoa [US], Bermuda [UK], Christmas Island [Australia], Easter Island [Chile]); constituent countries, autonomous territories and the like (Aruba, Curaçao and Sint Maarten of the Netherlands; Greenland and the Faroe Islands of Denmark; etc.; but notably not including England, Scotland, Northern Ireland and Wales, which are treated as regular countries); and a grab bag of other entities that have a semi-independent existence, such as Hong Kong, Macau, Guadeloupe, Martinique and the like. Currently, the actual distinction in treatment between "countries" and "country-like entities" is minimal, but in the future we might restrict the sorts of subcategories of country-like entities more than regular countries. #### Former countries, e.g. the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia, West Germany and the Roman Empire. These are much more limited in the sorts of subcategories allowed, because generally locations, especially cities, should be described from the perspective of which political entity they are currently located in (e.g. "an ancient Roman town in modern Syria") and categorized as such. ### Subpolities. Generally we only list top-level administrative divisions of countries (and only fairly major countries are usually included), but sometimes we list second-level administrative divisions, as in the case of the United Kingdom (where the top-level administrative divisions of the four constituent countries are listed) and China (where major prefecture-level cities are listed, and are considered administrative divisions rather than cities). ### Cities. Only major cities get categories, with the definition of "major" varying by country but often including those where the city population itself (sometimes the metro area) is >= 1,000,000 people. # A distinction should be made in the {{tl|place}} modules between ''keys'' and ''placenames''. Placenames are as the location appears in a holonym, and are generally in the same format as the canonical Wiktionary article describing the location so that when formatted as a link, the link goes to the right article; i.e. they are simple and bare, and may be full or elliptical according to Wiktionary conventions. The ''canonical key'' of a location is how the location's category is named, and always uniquely identifies the location from among the known locations in this module (but not necessarily among all possible locations). In particular, subpolities usually have multipart keys that include the containing location, such as `Anhui, China` (not just `Anhui`); `Arizona, USA` (not just `Arizona`, and also not `Arizona, United States`); and `Herefordshire, England` (not just `Herefordshire`, and also in this case not `Herefordshire, UK` or `Herefordshire, England, UK` or any other possible variation). Cities are normally simple, but some cities are multipart for disambiguation purposes (e.g. `Newcastle, New South Wales` for the city in Australia vs. `Newcastle upon Tyne` for the identically-named city in England). Canonical keys may have ''key aliases'', other ways of referring to the location that are not necessarily unique (e.g. `Newcastle` is a key alias for both of the above-mentioned cities), and city keys with diacritics generally have diacriticless aliases, such as canonical key `Düsseldorf` vs. key alias `Dusseldorf`, or canonical key `Łódź` vs. key alias `Lodz`. # Known locations are gathered into ''groups'' with similar properties, such as all the states of the United States; all the (ceremonial) counties of England (see below); and all the "sufficiently major" prefecture-level cities in China (where a prefecture-level city is a prefecture surrounding a major city with a unified government and is more like a prefecture, i.e. a major administrative division just underneath a province, than like a city, and where "sufficiently major" is defined according to the population of either the total prefecture or the urban area of the city). Note that there are multiple types of counties in England, with overlapping but non-identical names and boundaries; there are, in particular, ''ceremonial counties'', ''local government counties'' and ''historic counties''; ''ceremonial counties'' have only ceremonial administrative functionality but unlike local government counties (a) don't frequently change their boundaries or nature, (b) correspond more closely to historic county boundaries and names, and (c) are what Englanders usually identify themselves with, and so they are used as top-level divisions rather than local government counties. # Some known locations have ''aliases'' defined, which are of two types. ''Display aliases'' map holonyms to their canonical form near the beginning of processing (in particular before the displayed output is formatted). For example, `US`, `U.S.`, `USA`, `U.S.A.` and `United States of America` are all canonicalized to `United States` (if identified as a country), and display as `United States`. Similarly, the foreign forms `Occitanie` (as a region or administrative region) and `Noord-Brabant` (as a province) are mapped to `Occitania` and `North Brabant` for display purposes. There are also ''category aliases'', so that if e.g. `Republic of Macedonia` is encountered, it will display as such but categorize as `North Macedonia`. (This is because, among other reasons, `Republic of Macedonia` is normally preceded by `"the"` while `North Macedonia` is not, so a call {{tl|place|en|a <<city>> in the <<c/Republic of Macedonia>>}} would look wrong if `Republic of Macedonia` were converted to `North Macedonia` during display, as the result would be `a city in the North Macedonia`. There are also frequently political connotations to different category aliases, e.g. `Burma` vs. `Myanmar`.) All of these aliases are sensitive to the placetype specified. For example, `Mexico` as a state is categorized under `State of Mexico, Mexico` but `Mexico` the country is categorized as just `Mexico`. ===Categories=== There are two main types of categories: # Categories for known locations, divided into: ## Top-level polity categories (e.g. [[:Category:United States]], [[:Category:Taiwan]], [[:Category:South Ossetia]], [[:Category:Bermuda]], [[:Category:Soviet Union]], [[:Category:West Germany]]). ## Subpolity categories ([[:Category:Arizona, USA]], [[:Category:Hunan]], [[:Category:Kagoshima Prefecture]], [[:Category:Cluj County, Romania]]). For historical reasons, different formats are used for the subpolities of different polities. Increasingly, we are moving towards always including the polity name in the subpolity category, but whether the subpolity type is included and where it is included (cf. [[:Category:Cluj County, Romania]] vs. [[:Category:County Cork, Ireland]] is still inconsistent and will probably remain that way, based on how the subpolity is normally referred to. ## City categories ([[:Category:Tokyo]], [[:Category:New York City]], [[:Category:Jaipur]]). Normally these do not include the containing subpolity, but may do so in order to disambiguate. # Categories for placetypes, divided into: ## "Immediate" political and non-political division categories ([[:Category:States of the United States]], [[:Category:Municipalities of Tocantins, Brazil]], [[:Category:Ghost towns in Arizona, USA]]). These are name categories, whose purpose is to contain locations of the specified type. "Immediate" here refers to the fact that the location in the category name is the immediately-containing polity. Usually these categories use the preposition "of", but sometimes "in". (Specifically, "of" typically implies that the placetype in question has an official or semi-official status, whereas "in" implies there is no such official status, but common usage may override this.) The form of the toponym appearing in these categories is always the same as that of the corresponding toponym category except that the word "the" may appear (e.g. [[:Category:States of the United States]]), whereas it doesn't appear in the toponym category itself ([[:Category:United States]], no "the"). ## "Skip-polity" categories for second-level political and non-political divisions of a country or other top-level polity (e.g. [[:Category:Counties of the United States]], [[:Category:Municipalities of Brazil]] and [[:Category:Subprefectures of Japan]]). These have several purposes: * They group the immediate division categories mentioned previously. * They categorize "straggler" topoynms that (often improperly) fail to mention the subpolity they belong to, but only the top-level polity. * If categories do not exist for the first-level divisions of a country (and sometimes even when they do), they group all toponyms of the specified type for the specified country. For example, Lithuania is divided into first-level counties and second-level municipalities, but since we don't currently have categories for Lithuanian counties, all municipalities go under [[:Category:Municipalities of Lithuania]] rather than under a category for a specific county. In addition, even though we do have categories for Japanese prefectures (a first-level division), all subprefectures (a second-level division) go under [[:Category:Subprefectures of Japan]] because there aren't very many of them (see below). ## "Generic placetype" categories, both of the immediate and skip-polity type (immediate [[:Category:Cities in California, USA]] and [[:Category:Neighborhoods of the Bronx]]; skip-polity [[:Category:Villages in Ivory Coast]], [[:Category:Geographic and cultural areas of England]], [[:Category:Rivers in Egypt]] and [[:Category:Places in the Philippines]]). As mentioned above, "generic" placetypes occur in every polity (although the set of generic placetypes allowed for cities is a subset of those allowed for top-level polities and subpolities). Usually these categories use the preposition "in", but sometimes "of". As above, skip-polity categories group immediate categories, and in addition there are various reasons a toponym entry is categorized into a skip-polity category. (For example, as a general rule, geographic and cultural areas only categorize at the country level, not the subpolity level, both because there often aren't very many in a given country and because they often span multiple subpolities.) The parent categories of a given category depend on its type. Generally, location categories have placetype categories as their first parent, and vice-versa. Specifically: # Top-level country categories have as their parent e.g. [[:Category:Countries in Europe]], [[:Category:Countries in Central America]] or [[:Category:Countries in Polynesia]], using the most specific continental-level region the country is contained in. # Pseudo-countries are under [[:Category:Country-like entities]] as a neutral designation. There aren't enough of them to subcategorize under continent-level regions. # Former countries are under [[:Category:Former countries and country-like entities]]. # Subpolity categories are usually under a placetype category whose placetype is the canonical (first-listed) placetype of the subpolity and whose toponym is the immediately containing polity, but there are exceptions. Specifically, sometimes if a polity has multiple types of subpolities, they are combined (e.g. [[:Category:States and territories of Australia]], [[:Category:Federal subjects of Russia]]). In addition, sometimes a less specific but more identifiable placetype is used instead of the canonical one (e.g. [[:Category:Regions of France]] when the canonical placetype is "administrative region"). The same rules and exceptions generally apply when categorizing subpolities themselves; e.g. both the Australian state of Queensland and territory of Northern Territory go under [[:Category:en:States and territories of Australia]] rather than separately under [[:Category:en:States of Australia]] and [[:Category:en:Territories of Australia]]. In addition, sometimes subpolities may "skip a level" if there aren't very many. For example, there are only 26 subprefectures of Japan (14 under Hokkaido and 12 more scattered under five other prefectures). Rather than have e.g. [[:Category:en:Subprefectures of Kagoshima Prefecture]] containing at most two entries and [[:Category:en:Subprefectures of Miyazaki Prefecture]] containing at most one, they are all grouped under the so-called "skip-subpolity category" [[:Category:en:Subprefectures of Japan]]. # City categories are always under e.g. [[:Category:Cities in the United States]] (e.g. [[:Category:New York City]] is so-placed, even though [[:Category:Cities in New York, USA]] exists). However, they may have a second, more-specific parent (e.g. [[:Category:Cities in New York, USA]] in the case of New York City). The city entries themselves will go under the more specific parent if it exists. # Immediate placetype categories for second-level divisions of a country generally have, respectively, a "toponym parent" that is the toponym mentioned in the category and a "skip-polity parent" that groups all subpolity placetype categories of a specific type and containing polity. For example, [[:Category:Counties of Arizona, USA]] has toponym parent [[:Category:en:Arizona, USA]] and skip-polity parent [[:Category:en:Counties of the United States]]. Sometimes the default skip-polity parent is overridden or disabled entirely. For example, in the US, most states are divided into counties but Louisiana is divided into parishes and Alaska into boroughs. It would make no sense to put [[:Category:Parishes of Louisiana, USA]] under [[:Category:Parishes of the United States]] (which would only have one subcategory), so we include them under [[:Category:Counties of the United States]]. An alternative would be to name the skip-polity category to explicitly include parishes and boroughs; this would get awkward here but is done in some cases. Similarly, [[:Category:Regional county municipalities of Quebec]] is placed under [[:Category:Regional municipalities of Canada]] since that name is used in other provinces. Meanwhile, [[:Category:Regional districts of British Columbia]] disables its skip-polity category since no other province or territory of Canada has regional districts or comparable subpolities under a different name (an alternative would be to place them under [[:Category:Counties of Canada]], since they are sort of comparable to counties). # Placetype categories for first-level divisions of a country similarly (e.g. [[:Category:States of the United States]]) have a toponym parent (in this case [[:Category:United States]]), but in place of the skip-polity parent they have two other parents: a "bare placetype" parent (in this case [[:Category:States]]) and the "generic" parent [[:Category:Political divisions of specific countries]]. (There is also a bare [[:Category:Political divisions]] that groups "bare placetype" categories.) Skip-polity placetype categories for second-level divisions of a country (e.g. [[:Category:Counties of the United States]]) work the same. Placetype categories for countries work likewise except they are missing the generic parent. ===Place descriptions=== A given place description is defined internally in a table of the following form: ```{ placetypes = {"``placetype``", "``placetype``", ...}, holonyms = { { -- holonym object; see below placetype = "``placetype``" or nil, display_placename = "``placename``", unlinked_placename = "``placename``", langcode = "``langcode``" or nil, no_display = BOOLEAN, needs_article = BOOLEAN, force_the = BOOLEAN, affix_type = "``affix_type``" or nil, pluralize_affix = BOOLEAN, suppress_affix = BOOLEAN, continue_cat_loop = BOOLEAN, }, ... }, order = { ``order_item``, ``order_item``, ... }, -- (only for new-style place descriptions), joiner = "``joiner_string``" or nil, holonyms_by_placetype = { ``holonym_placetype`` = {"``placename``", "``placename``", ...}, ``holonym_placetype`` = {"``placename``", "``placename``", ...}, ... }, }``` Holonym objects have the following fields: * `placetype`: The canonicalized placetype if specified as e.g. `c/Australia`; nil if no slash is present (in which case the placename in `display_placename` refers to raw text). * `display_placename`: The placename or raw text, in the format to be displayed. Placename display aliases have already been resolved. It is raw text if `placetype` is nil. * `unlinked_placename`: Same as `display_placename` but with links and HTML removed. * `langcode`: The language code prefix if specified as e.g. `c/fr:Australie`; otherwise nil. * `no_display`: If true (holonym prefixed with !), don't display the holonym but use it for categorization. * `needs_article`: If true, prepend an article if the placename needs one (e.g. `United States`). * `force_the`: If true, always prepend the article `the`. Example use: holoynm 'city:pref:the/Gold Coast', which gets formatted as `(the) city of the [[Gold Coast]]`. * `affix_type`: Type of affix to prepend (values `pref` or `Pref`) or append (values `suf` or `Suf`). The actual affix added is the placetype (capitalized if values `Pref` or `Suf` are given), or its plural if `pluralize_affix` is given. Note that some placetypes (e.g. `district` and `department`) have inherent affixes displayed after (or sometimes before) them. * `pluralize_affix`: Pluralize any displayed affix. Used for holonyms like `c:pref/Canada,US`, which displays as `the countries of Canada and the United States`. * `suppress_affix`: Don't display any affix even if the placetype has an inherent affix. Used for the non-last placenames when there are multiple and a suffix is present, and for the non-first placenames when there are multiple and a prefix is present. * `continue_cat_loop`: If true (holonym used :also), continue producing categories starting with this holonym when preceding holonyms generated categories. Note that new-style place descs (those specified as a single argument using <<...>> to denote placetypes, placetype qualifiers and holonyms) have an additional `order` field to properly capture the raw text surrounding the items denoted in double angle brackets. The ``order_item`` items in the `order` field are objects of the following form: ```{ type = "``order_type``", value = "STRING" or INDEX, }``` Here, the ``order_type`` is one of `"raw"`, `"qualifier"`, `"placetype"` or `"holonym"`: * `"raw"` is used for raw text surrounding `<<...>>` specs. * `"qualifier"` is used for `<<...>>` specs without slashes in them that consist only of qualifiers (e.g. the spec `<<former>>` in `<<former>> French <<colony>>`). * `"placetype"` is used for `<<...>>` `specs without slashes that do not consist only of qualifiers. * `"holonym"` is used for holonyms, i.e. `<<...>>` specs with a slash in them. For all types but `"holonym"`, the value is a string, specifying the text in question. For `"holonym"`, the value is a numeric index into the `holonyms` field. It should be noted that placetypes and placenames occurring inside the holonyms structure are canonicalized, but placetypes inside the placetypes structure are as specified by the user. Stripping off of qualifiers and canonicalization of qualifiers and bare placetypes happens later. The information under `holonyms_by_placetype` is redundant to the information in holonyms but makes categorization easier. The holonym placenames listed here already have category aliases applied. For example, the call {{tl|place|en|city|s/Pennsylvania|c/US}} will result in the return value ```{ placetypes = {"city"}, holonyms = { { placetype = "state", display_placename = "Pennsylvania", unlinked_placename = "Pennsylvania" }, { placetype = "country", display_placename = "United States", unlinked_placename = "United States" }, }, holonyms_by_placetype = { state = {"Pennsylvania"}, country = {"United States"}, }, }``` Here, the placetype aliases `s` and `c` have been expanded into `state` and `country` respectively, and the placename display alias `US` has been expanded into `United States`. PLACETYPES is a list because there may be more than one. For example, the call {{tl|place|en|city/and/municipality|p/[[Kwango]] Province|c/Congo}} will result in the return value ``` { placetypes = {"city", "และ", "municipality"}, holonyms = { { placetype = "province", display_placename = "[[Kwango]] Province", unlinked_placename = "Kwango Province" }, { placetype = "country", display_placename = "Congo", unlinked_placename = "Congo" }, }, holonyms_by_placetype = { country = {"Congo"}, }, }``` Here, the `unlinked_placename` field has removed links from `display_placename`. The value in the key/value pairs is likewise a list; e.g. the call {{tl|place|en|city|s/Kansas|and|s/Missouri}} will return ``` { placetypes = {"city"}, holonyms = { { placetype = "state", display_placename = "Kansas", unlinked_placename = "Kansas" }, { display_placename = "และ", unlinked_placename = "และ" }, { placetype = "state", display_placename = "Missouri", unlinked_placename = "Missouri" }, }, holonyms_by_placetype = { state = {"Kansas", "Missouri"}, }, } ``` Note that in `get_cats()` (which runs after the display form has been generated), further changes to the holonym structure are made to aid in categorization. For example, after `handle_category_implications()` and `augment_holonyms_with_container()` are called, the above structure will look more like ``` { placetypes = {"city"}, holonyms = { { placetype = "state", display_placename = "Kansas", unlinked_placename = "Kansas" }, { placetype = "country", unlinked_placename = "United States" }, { display_placename = "และ", unlinked_placename = "และ" }, { placetype = "state", display_placename = "Missouri", unlinked_placename = "Missouri" }, { placetype = "country", unlinked_placename = "United States" }, }, holonyms_by_placetype = { state = {"Kansas", "Missouri"}, country = {"United States"} }, } ``` ===Overall place specs=== The overall place spec parsed by `parse_overall_place_spec` has the following fields: * `lang`: The language object (from {{para|1}}). * `args`: The parsed arguments from the {{tl|place}} call. * `directives`: List of form-of directives (starting with `@`) parsed from the numeric args beginning with {{para|2}}. Each directive contains fields `directive` (the directive as specified by the user, e.g. `"former name of"`); `terms` (list of term objects for the terms specified by the user); `conj` (conjunction specified by the user using inline modifier `<conj:...>`, or {nil}); `spec` (the corresponding directive spec from `all_form_of_directives`); `pretext` (the text to display directly before the directive); `posttext` (the text to display directly after the directive; {nil} except for the last directive). * `descs`: List of one or more place description objects parsed from the numeric args beginning with {{para|2}}, as described above. * `extra_info`: List of extra-info objects for extra info specified using arguments such as {{para|capital}}, {{para|modern}}, etc. Objects are in the order they should be displayed, and each object contains fields `spec` (the spec for the type of extra info, taken from `export.extra_info_args`), `terms` (list of term objects for the terms specified by the user); and `conj` (conjunction specified by the user using inline modifier `<conj:...>`, or {nil}). ===Category determination=== The algorithm to find the categories to which a given place belongs works off of a place description (which specifies the entry placetype(s) and holonym(s); see above). If there are multiple place descriptions, each is processed independently to generate categories. Likewise, if there are multiple entry placetypes in a given place description, each is processed independently with all the holonyms of the description to generate categories. Furthermore, before the category-generation algorithm runs, earlier steps have modified the holonyms of the place description (inserting containing polities whenever possible; see the description above of `handle_category_implications()` and `augment_holonyms_with_container()`). Given a single entry placetype and a place description, the algorithm to generate categories processes holonyms from left to right until it finds one that "matches" in that it produces one or more categories. At that point it attempts to generate categories for all other holonyms in the place description of the same placetype. Normally, it then stops processing holonyms, but if a holonym is marked using the `:also` modifier, the category generation process starts over starting with that holonym (or the leftmost such remaining holonym, if there is more than one marked with `:also`). This makes it possible, for example, to specify the description of a river that passes through two different types of political divisions (e.g. Alberta and the Northwest Territories), or categorize a geographic region at both the continent and country level, such as this: <pre> {{place|en|historical region|r/Eastern Europe|located in southeastern|c:also/Poland|*and western|c/Ukraine}} </pre> Here, `r/Eastern Europe` has a category implication that adds `cont/Europe` as a holonym directly after it, which causes the page to be categorized into [[:Category:en:Geographic and cultural areas of Europe]]. The category generation process would normally stop at this point, but the presence of `:also` causes it to restart with `c/Poland` and generate the category [[:Category:en:Geographic and cultural areas of Poland]]. After doing this, it looks for other holonyms of the same placetype as `c/Poland` (i.e. other countries), which causes it to process `c/Ukraine` and generate the category [[:Category:en:Geographic and cultural areas of Ukraine]]. The category generation process works off of the `placetype_data` table, which specifies various properties for placetypes, such as how to display a holonym of that placetype as well as how to categorize certain pages where the {{tl|place}} call contains the specified placetype as an entry placetype. For example, the entry for `city-state` in [[Module:place/placetypes]] might look like ``` ["city-state"] = { link = true, category_link = "[[sovereign]] [[microstate]]s consisting of a single [[city]] and [[w:dependent territory|dependent territories]]", has_neighborhoods = true, class = "settlement", ["continent/*"] = {"City-states", "นคร", "ประเทศ", "ประเทศใน+++", "เมืองหลวงของประเทศ"}, default = {"City-states", "นคร", "ประเทศ", "เมืองหลวงของประเทศ"}, }, ``` Here, the keys specify, respectively: # If `city-state` occurs as an entry placetype, link it to the corresponding Wiktionary entry (that is what `true` means in `link = true`). # Use the specified `category_link` text for categories such as [[:Category:City-states]]. # City-states are "city-like", i.e. they have neighborhoods; this controls the handling of entry placetypes such as `neighborhood`, `district`, `area`, etc. # City-states should be treated as settlements for determining how to handle the placetype `former city-state` and for categorizing the bare category [[:Category:City-states]] and language-specific equivalents such as [[:Category:en:City-states]]. # When the entry placetype `city-state` occurs along with a continent holonym, categorize into the specified categories under `continent/*`. Here, `+++` stands for the holonym in question. # When the entry placetype `city-state` occurs in any other context, categorize into the specified categories under `default`. It's important to realize that the only categorization keys under a given placetype entry that are specified explicitly in [[Module:place/placetypes]] are certain wildcard keys such as `continent/*` above (i.e. containing a slash followed by `*`) and under the key `default`. All the remaining categorization happens through category handlers, based on the information on known locations in [[Module:place/locations]]. For example, [[Module:place/locations]] has an "England group" specified similarly to the following: ``` export.england_group = { default_container = {key = "England", placetype = "constituent country"}, default_placetype = "county", default_divs = { "districts", {type = "local government districts", cat_as = "districts"}, { type = "local government districts with borough status", cat_as = {"districts", "boroughs"}, }, {type = "boroughs", cat_as = {"districts", "boroughs"}}, "civil parishes", }, default_british_spelling = true, data = export.england_counties, } ``` The `default_divs` key here specifies the divisions that exist for each of the counties listed under the `data` key (unless the key overrides them). Here, the entry `{type = "boroughs", cat_as = {"districts", "boroughs"}}` directs the category handler `political_division_cat_handler` in [[Module:place/placetypes]] (which is one of two category handlers that run for all entry placetypes, along with `generic_place_cat_handler`) to categorize boroughs specified under any of the counties listed under `data` as both districts and boroughs. Now, the categorization process proceeds as follows, given an entry placetype and place description, which specifies a set of holonyms (the code to do this is in `get_placetype_cats()`): # First, look up the entry placetype and any equivalent placetypes in `placetype_data`, which is defined in [[Module:place/placetypes]]. Note that the entry in `placetype_data` that specifies the placetype information that is used to determine the category or categories may not directly correspond to the entry placetype as specified in the place description. For example, if the entry placetype is `small town`, the placetype whose data is fetched will be `town` since `small` is a recognized qualifier and there is no entry in `placetype_data` for `small town`. As another example, if the entry placetype is `administrative capital`, the code will first look up `administrative capital` and then look up `capital city`, which is where the category handler is found, because `administrative capital` specifies `capital city` as its fallback. # Then, iterate over holonyms from left to right, as described above. For each holonym, we proceed as follows: ## First, call `political_division_cat_handler` to check if the entry placetype and holonym match a division in the `locations` data in [[Module:place/locations]], as in the example above. Note that when doing this, holonyms are canonicalized so that e.g. `co/Bedfordshire` gets mapped to `county/Bedfordshire` (because there is an entry in `placetype_aliases` in [[Module:place/placetypes]] that maps `co` to `county`) and `c/USA` gets mapped to `country/United States` (because there is an entry in the location data for the list of countries that maps `country/USA` to `country/United States` for both display and categorization purposes). This category handler, as with all such handlers, is passed the entry placetype and holonym being processed, but is also passed the entire place description, so it can look at other specified holonyms (particularly those that follow). It either returns {nil} or a list of category specs (which are the actual categories minus the preceding language code). ## If `political_division_cat_handler` doesn't generate any categories, check if there is a category handler defined using the `cat_handler` key for the entry placetype. If so, call it to generate the categories (if any). ## If the category handler returns {nil}, or there is no category handler, look for a ''wildcard key'' of the format e.g. `country/*`, which matches any holonym of placetype `country`. If found, the value is a list of category specs, which are processed as above. ## If we get this far without generating any categories, move to the next holonym. ## If we do generate any categories, process all other holonyms of the same placetype. For example, if the user says {{tl|place|en|city|s/Kansas|and|s/Missouri}}, when we get to the holonym `s/Kansas`, we generate the category [[:Category:en:Cities in Kansas, USA]]. This causes us to look for other holonyms of the same placetype `state`, and process them accordingly, generating a category [[:Category:en:Cities in Missouri, USA]] as well. The same thing happens in an invocation like {{tl|place|pl|river|c/Poland,Ukraine,Belarus}}. # Once we generate categories for a holonym and any other holonyms of the same placetype, we normally stop processing holonyms. But if a holonym has the `:also` modifier, we restart the left-to-right loop at that holonym. For example, in the invocation {{tl|place|en|river|flowing through|p/Alberta|p/British Columbia|and the|terr/Northwest Territories}}, we will generate a category [[:Category:en:Rivers in Alberta, Canada]] as well as [[:Category:en:Rivers in British Columbia, Canada]] (because British Columbia is of the same placetype as Alberta); but no category will be generated for the Northwest Territories, which is of a different placetype. To fix this, write {{tl|place|en|river|flowing through|p/Alberta|p/British Columbia|and the|terr:also/Northwest Territories}}. The use of `:also` will cause holonym processing to resume at `Northwest Territories` after `Alberta` is processed, leading to an additional category [[:Category:en:Rivers in the Northwest Territories, Canada]]. (The presence of `the` in this last category is because `Northwest Territories` is a known location with a spec indicating that it should be preceded by `the`; it has nothing to do with the raw text `and the` in the invocation.) # Finally, if we process all holonyms and don't end up producing any categories, we check the entry placetype's data for a `default` key. If found, it lists category specs, which are processed to generate categories. This is used, for example, in the placetype `city-state`, as described above. # It should be noted that the above process runs independently for each combination of entry placetype and place description. Thus, for example, an invocation {{tl|place|en|city/and/county|s/Kansas,Missouri|c/USA}} will generate categories for both cities and counties in both Kansas and Missouri. # Two additional sources of categories are ''bare location'' categories and ''generic place'' categories. These categories are added by appropriate calls in the outer function `get_cats`, which iterates over placetypes and place descriptions, calling `get_placetype_cats` on each combination. ## Bare location categories are categories like [[:Category:Arizona, USA]] that are related-to categories containing terms related to the specified location. The bare location code, for example, adds the term [[Arizona]], and its equivalents in other languages, to [[:Category:Arizona, USA]]. When looking for terms to consider, it checks the pagename, the glosses specified using {{para|t}}, and the terms specified using {{para|modern}}, {{para|short}} and {{para|full}}. It looks to see if any of these parameters match any known locations, but only adds them to a bare location category if (a) the specified entry placetype matches, so that for example Russian `[[Джорджия]]` goes into [[:Category:Georgia, USA]] while `[[Грузия]]` goes into [[:Category:Georgia]] (the country), even though both have a gloss `Georgia`; and (b) there are no conflicting holonyms, so that for example the Old English term [[Munucceaster]] if defined similarly to {{tl|place|ang|city|in modern|cc/England|t=Newcastle}} won't get added to [[:Category:Newcastle, New South Wales]] (even though it is also a city) because the latter city is known to be in Australia, which conflicts with the country `United Kingdom` (added internally to the Old English place description through the holonym augmentation process, based on the holonym `cc/England`). ## Generic place categories are categories like [[:Category:Places in Kansas, USA]] and [[:Category:Places in England]] that contain places of arbitrary placetype. These are added through a special category handler that operates like other category handlers but is run for all placetypes, rather than only for the specified one(s). ]==] --[=[ TODO/FIXME: 1. [DONE] Neighborhoods should categorize at the city level. Categories like [[:Category:Places in Los Angeles]] exist but not [[:Category:Neighborhoods in Los Angeles]]; we can refactor the code in generic_cat_handler() to support this use case. 2. Display handlers should be smarter. For example, 'co/Travis' as a holonym should display as 'Travis County' in the United States, but (I think) display handlers don't currently have the full context of holonyms passed in to allow this to happen. 3. Connected to this, we have various display handlers that add the name of the holonym after or (sometimes) before the placename if it's not already there. An example is the county_display_handler() in [[Module:place/placetypes]], which adds "County" before Ireland and Northern Ireland counties and after Taiwan and Romania counties. This should be integrated into the polity group for these respective polities through a setting rather than requiring a separate handler that has special casing for various polities. 4. Placetypes for toponyms should also have display handlers rather than just fixed text. This should allow us to dispense with the need for special types for "fpref" = "French prefecture" (which displays as "prefecture" but links to the appropriate Wikipedia article on Frenc prefectures, which are completely different from the more general concept of prefecture). Similarly for "Polish colony" and "Welsh community". ("Israeli settlement" should probably stay as-is because it displays as "Israeli settlement" not just "settlement".) 5. [DONE] Currently, categories for e.g. states and territories of Australia go into [[:Category:States and territories of Australia]] but terms for states and territories of Australia go into (respectively) [[:Category:States of Australia]] and [[:Category:Territories of Australia]]. We should fix this; maybe this is as easy as setting cat_as in the respective divs definitions. 6. Probably cat_as should support raw categories as well as category types; raw categories would be indicated by being prefixed with "Category:". 7. [MOSTLY DONE] Update documentation. 8. [DONE] Rename remaining political division categories to include name of country in them. 9. [DONE] Add Pakistan provinces and territories. 10. [DONE] Add a polity group for continents and continent-level regions instead of special-casing. This should make it possible e.g. to have Jerusalem as a city under "Asia". 11. [DONE] Add better handling of cities that are their own states, like Mexico City. 12. [DONE] Breadcrumb for e.g. [[Category:Aguascalientes, Mexico]] is "Aguascalientes, Mexico" instead of just "Aguascalientes". 13. [DONE] Unify aliasing system; cities have a completely different mechanism (alias_of) vs. polities/subpolities (which use`placename_cat_aliases` and `placename_display_aliases` in [[Module:place/placetypes]]). 14. [DONE] More generally, cities should be unified into the polity grouping system to the extent possible; this would allow for divs of cities (see #17 below). 15. [DONE] We have `no_containing_polity_cat` set for Lebanon, Malta and Saudi Arabia to prevent country-level implications from being added due to generically-named divisions like "North Governorate", "Central Region" and "Eastern Province" but (a) this setting seems to do multiple things and should be split, (b) it should be possible to set this at the division level instead of the country level. 16. Split out the data from the handlers so we can use loadData() on the data because it's becoming very big. 17. [DONE] Cities like Tokyo have special wards; "prefecture-level cities" like Wuhan (which aren't really cities but we treat them as such) have districts, subdistricts, etc. We need to support divs for cities and even named divisions of cities (such as we already have for boroughs of New York City). 18. [DONE] It should be allowed to set 'true' to any qualifier (which links it) and have it work correctly; qualifier lookup in [[Module:place]] needs to remove links first. 19. [DONE] Categories 'Historical polities' and 'Historical political subdivisions' should be renamed 'Former ...' since "historic(al)" is ambiguous (cf. "historic counties" in England which are not former, but still have a legal definition). 20. [PARTLY DONE; SUPPORT IS THERE BUT FORMER PROVINCES NOT YET CATEGORIZED] It should be possible to categorize former subpolities of certain polities; cf. [[:Category:ja:Provinces of Japan]], which contains former provinces. 21. [DONE] In subpolity_keydesc(), we need to generate the correct indefinite article and have a huge hack to check specifically for "union territory", which is the only placetype that shows up in this function where the default indefinite article generating function fails. To fix this properly, we need to separate out the non-category placetype data from `cat_data` in [[Module:place/placetypes]] and move it to [[Module:place/locations]], because we don't have access to the data in [[Module:place/placetypes]], and that data indicates the correct article for placetypes like "union territory". 22. [DONE] Simplify the specs in `cat_data`, eliminating the distinction between "inner" and "outer" matching. There should not be two levels, just one. For example, in "district", instead of ["country/Portugal"] = { ["itself"] = {"Districts and autonomous regions of +++"}, } we should just have ["country/Portugal"] = {"Districts and autonomous regions of +++"}, And in "dependent territory", instead of ["default"] = { ["itself"] = {true}, ["country"] = {true}, }, we should just have ["itself"] = {true}, ["country/*"] = {true}, It appears the only remaining spec that can't be easily converted in this fashion is for "subdistrict": ["country/Indonesia"] = { ["municipality"] = {true}, }, This seems to be specifically for Jakarta and doesn't seem to work anyway, as the two entries in [[:Category:en:Subdistricts of Jakarta]] and the one entry in [[:Category:id:Subdistricts of Jakarta]] are manually categorized. 23. [DONE] Consolidate the remaining stuff in [[Module:category tree/topic cat/data/Earth]] into [[Module:category tree/topic cat/data/Places]]. 24. [DONE] The `generic_cat_handler` that categorizes into `Places in FOO` is smart enough not to categorize cities that are in different polities from the specified containing polity/polities of the city, but doesn't do the same for larger-level divisions. Likewise for the `city_type_cat_handler`. There are some sufficiently generically-named divisions that this issue can occur; for example, [[Koforidua]], the capital city of Eastern Region, Ghana, is incorrectly categorized under [[:Category:en:Cities in Eastern Region, Malta]] and [[:Category:en:Places in Eastern Region, Malta]]. Note that the function `augment_holonyms_with_container` ''DOES'' do such checks, so we should be able to refactor the code out of that function and use it elsewhere. 25. [DONE] The `generic_cat_handler` that categorizes into `Places in FOO` is smart enough not to categorize cities that are in different polities from the specified containing polity/polities of the city; but how smart is it? It will successfully avoid categorizing a neighborhood in e.g. [[Columbus]], [[Georgia]] that doesn't explicitly mention the US (only `s/Georgia`) into [[:Category:en:Places in Columbus]], which is for Columbus, Ohio, but will it do the same for a hypothetical neighborhood of Columbus in say Merseyside, England? This should be investigated. It will probably work for a hypothetical Columbus in [[Canada]] because `augment_holonyms_with_container` would auto-add Canada as an additional holonym once say `p/Ontario` is mentioned, but I think there's a setting preventing this augmentation from happening for the UK. (This relates to FIXME #15. `no_containing_polity_cat` is set on England, Scotland, etc. to prevent the toponyms from being added to [[:Category:en:Places in the United Kingdom]], but this same setting is used to prevent augmentation, which it should not be; there should be different settings.) 26. [DONE] The `generic_cat_handler` (or more specifically `find_holonym_keys_for_categorization`) checks for city holonyms by looking specifically for holonym type `city`. But some cities (particularly those in China) can be specified using different holonym types, e.g. `prefecture-level city`, `subprovincial city`, etc. We should allow these when appropriate (which means the cities in China need to have a `placetype` set that indicates their regional-level status as well as just `city`). I'm not sure if cities support specifying a custom `placetype` at the moment; this relates to FIXME #14 above concerning unifying cities and political divisions internally. 27. [DONE] The bare category handler (`get_bare_categories` in [[Module:place/placetypes]]) is not smart enough to avoid overcategorizing cities or other divisions that are of the right placetype but in the wrong containing polity. For example, Asturian [[Llión]] "León (city in Spain)" gets put in [[:Category:ast:León]] even though the latter is supposed to refer to a city in Mexico. We can borrow the check-containing-polity code from `generic_cat_handler`. 28. [DONE] Redo handling of singular and plural to respect overrides specified in placetype_data. Check more carefully for things that may not singularize correctly, e.g. 'passes' -> 'passe'? Definitely 'headquarters' and variants. 29. [DONE] Combine placetype_equivs and other placetype data into `placetype_data`. Figure out if we need the distinction between `placetype_equivs` and `fallback`. 30. `has_neighborhoods` may need to be a function that can look at the containing holonyms to determine whether the entity in question is city-like. 31. [DONE] Bare placenames as they appear in holonyms (e.g. `Riau Islands`) instead of category keys (e.g. `the Riau Islands, Indonesia`) should appear in the polity data tables. As a first pass, the word "the" should not appear but should instead be a property of the polity. 32. [DONE] `capital_city_cat_handler` should use `get_holonyms_to_check()`. 33. [PARTLY DONE] The code to generate and parse the correct preposition ("in" or "of") is very convoluted, and the actual preposition used is specified in various locations with various defaults, sometimes hardcoded. This should be simplified. It is made more difficult by the fact that the in/of distinction occurs in several places: (a) when generating the {{place}} text in old-style descriptions where the preposition isn't explicitly given, which uses the `preposition` setting in placetype_data, defaulting to "in"; (b) when generating categories based on explicit category specs in placetype_data (which are gradually being deprecated), which likewise uses the `preposition` setting in placetype_data, defaulting to "in"; (c) when generating categories based on political_division_cat_handler, originating in the `divs` placetypes for specific known locations in [[Module:place/locations]], which uses the `prep` setting embedded in the `divs` specifications, defaulting to "of"; (d) when generating categories based on category handlers specified using the `cat_handler` property of entries in placetype_data, which tend to hardcode "in" or "of" depending on the specific category handler; (e) when generating category descriptions in [[Module:category tree/topic/Places]] for `divs` categories generated in (c), which (correctly) uses the same `prep` setting embedded in the `divs` settings that is used when generating the categories themselves; (f) when generating category descriptions for categories generated in (b) and (d) above, which relies on the `generic_before_non_cities` and `generic_before_cities` settings in placetype_data, which need to match the corresponding prepositions hardcoded in the category generation handlers. Instead of the hardcoding, the category generation handler should respect the `generic_before_*` settings. 34. [[Krakow]] defined as {{place|en|A <<city>> on the [[Vistula]] River, the <<capital>> of the <<voi/Lesser Poland Voivodeship>> in southern <<c/Poland>>}} categorizes under [[:Category:Voivodeship capitals]] when it should probably instead be under [[:Category:Voivodeship capitals of Poland]]. Possibly this is because the various voivodeships haven't yet been entered as known locations, but this should happen regardless of that. 35. {{tcl}} bugs: a. [DONE] Lowercase initial letter in new-style {{place}} descriptions in {{tcl}}. Maybe we can have a setting tcl_nolc=1 to prevent this from happening. b. [DONE] tcl= and probably new-style {{place}} descriptions in general should recognize ;; to separate distinct {{place}} descriptions, and similarly ;;and as the equivalent of regular `;and`, etc. c. [DONE] The value supplied in `modern=` should be displayed in {{tcl}} descriptions regardless of the setting that normally disables this, so that e.g. the foreign-language equivalent of [[British Honduras]] doesn't just say it's a former British colony in Central America but specifically identifies it as modern Belize. If the user gives, place_modern= in {{tcl}}, that should override the modern= value and still display. d. [DONE] The page supplied to {{tcl}} should be used for generating bare categories even if t= is supplied and overrides the English term displayed. [DONE] e. [DONE] If text follows {{place}} and begins with a semicolon, the semicolon isn't copied into {{tcl}}. 36. County boroughs used as holonyms currently display 'borough county borough' because there's an affix setting for 'county borough' and a fallback display handler for 'borough'. We need to rethink this; maybe merge the affix setting and display handlers. 37. Implement known-location groups and specs in a more standardly object-oriented way using metatables. 38. Implement caching of known location lookup in the holonym. This may have to be keyed by placetype, but we can have a special field for when the lookup placetype is the same as the user-specified placetype of the holonym. Use this known location in place of looking up known locations and store the appropriate known location there in `augment_holonyms_with_container()` instead of calling `key_to_placename`. 39. Bug fixes with 'the': (a) [DONE] [[Kazaň]] defined as {{place|cs|caplc|rep:Pref/Tatarstan|c/Russia|t1=Kazan}} displays as "Republic of the Tatarstan". (b) [[Valday]] defined as {{place|en|town/administrative center|dist:Suf/Valdaysky|obl/Novgorod|c/Russia}} displays as "a town, the administrative center of the Valdaysky District". Changing to `dist:suf/Valdaysky` displays as "... of Valdaysky district". 40. [DONE] Bug fix with 'the': [[Verkhoyansk]] defined as {{place|en|town|rep/Sakha|c/Russia}} displays as "a town in the Sakha". 41. [DONE] [[Category:Cities in Asia]] has [[Category:Cities in Eurasia]] as a parent, which in turn has [[Category:Cities in the Earth]] as a parent. Continents should not have the second parent like this. 42. [DONE] When checking `british_spelling`, it should check all containers as well; otherwise it's too hard to keep this in sync across cities, administrative divisions and countries. 43. [DONE] `skip_polity_parent_type` should be renamed to container_parent_type or similar. 44. There should be a flag to allow e.g. departments of France that are currently categorized as departments of their region to also be categorized as departments of France. 45. [DONE] Aliases are causing iterate_matching_holonym_location() to fail, e.g. if [[براق]] "Prague" is specified as {{place|acw|capital city|c/Czechia|t1=Prague}}, this fails add a bare category [[Category:acw:Prague]] because the code in iterate_matching_holonym_location() isn't resolving aliases when comparing the known container 'Czech Republic'. Probably we want to build an alias table to speed up these sorts of lookups. 46. [DONE; DUE TO TYPO IN HANDLER] The district cat handler is failing to work right, e.g. in [[Saint-Gaudérique]] defined as {{place|fr|district|city/Perpignan|in|dept/Pyrénées-Orientales|r/Occitania|c/France|t=Saint-Gaudérique}}, only the 'Places in ...' categories are getting triggered. 47. Suburbs of a given city aren't generally in the city and may not even be in the same country or country division, so they should not categorize as "Places in ..." based on the city and specified country and division. Same goes for "enclave" (within somewhere) and "exclave". 48. When converting display aliases, we should automatically convert full placenames to full placenames and elliptical placenames to elliptical placenames instead of always either doing elliptical or full placenames depending on the value of `display_as_full`. 49. `@obsolete form of` and `@archaic form of` should automatically trigger nocat=1. 50. The handler that adds bare categories should pick up values in <eq:...>. ]=] --[==[ var: List specifying the allowed form-of directives, used for former names, official names, abbreviations, etc. of places. The key is the form-of directive and the value is an object with the following properties: * `text`: The actual text displayed before the terms. If the value is `+`, the key is used as the text. If the value is a function, it is passed a single argument, the overall place spec (see comment at top of file) and should return the text to be displayed. * `type_prefix`: The prefix used to generate the placetype for looking up the appropriate category or categories in the placetype data structure. Can be omitted if there are no categories associated with the directive. * `conjunction`: The conjunction used to join multiple terms, defaulting to `and`. * `cat`: Additional category or categories to add the term to, whenever this particular directive is used. Normally the value is a topic-style category minus the langcode prefix, but if prefixed with `cln:`, it is a langname-style category. For example, the value `"Abbreviations"` would correspond to a category [[:Category:en:Abbreviations]] (assuming the language of the {{tl|place}} call is English), while the value `"cln:abbreviations"` corresponds to a category [[:Category:English abbreviations]]. Use a list of such specs for multiple categories. * `default_foreign`: If specified, the default language of terms given along with this directive is the language in {{para|1}}; otherwise it is English. ]==] export.all_form_of_directives = { ["former name of"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "FORMER_NAME_OF"}, ["fmr of"] = {alias_of = "former name of"}, ["ancient name of"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "FORMER_NAME_OF"}, ["official name of"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "OFFICIAL_NAME_OF"}, ["former official name of"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "FORMER_OFFICIAL_NAME_OF"}, ["long form of"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "LONG_FORM_OF"}, ["former long form of"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "FORMER_LONG_FORM_OF"}, ["nickname for"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "NICKNAME_FOR"}, ["official nickname for"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "OFFICIAL_NICKNAME_FOR"}, ["former nickname for"] = {text = "+", type_prefix = "FORMER_NICKNAME_FOR"}, ["derogatory name for"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#derogatory|derogatory]] name for", type_prefix = "DEROGATORY_NAME_FOR"}, ["synonym of"] = {text = "+"}, ["syn of"] = {alias_of = "synonym of"}, ["abbreviation of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#abbreviation|abbreviation]] of", type_prefix = "ABBREVIATION_OF", cat = "cln:abbreviations", default_foreign = true}, ["abbr of"] = {alias_of = "abbreviation of"}, ["abbrev of"] = {alias_of = "abbreviation of"}, ["initialism of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#initialism|initialism]] of", type_prefix = "ABBREVIATION_OF", cat = "cln:initialisms", default_foreign = true}, ["init of"] = {alias_of = "initialism of"}, ["acronym of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#acronym|acronym]] of", type_prefix = "ABBREVIATION_OF", cat = "cln:acronyms", default_foreign = true}, ["syllabic abbreviation of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#syllabic abbreviation|syllabic abbreviation]] of", type_prefix = "ABBREVIATION_OF", cat = "cln:syllabic abbreviations", default_foreign = true}, ["sylabbr of"] = {alias_of = "syllabic abbreviation of"}, ["sylabbrev of"] = {alias_of = "syllabic abbreviation of"}, ["ellipsis of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#ellipsis|ellipsis]] of", type_prefix = "ELLIPSIS_OF", cat = "cln:ellipses", default_foreign = true}, ["ellip of"] = {alias_of = "ellipsis of"}, ["clipping of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#clipping|clipping]] of", type_prefix = "CLIPPING_OF", cat = "cln:clippings", default_foreign = true}, ["clip of"] = {alias_of = "clipping of"}, ["alternative form of"] = {text = "+", default_foreign = true}, ["alt form"] = {alias_of = "alternative form of"}, ["alternative spelling of"] = {text = "+", default_foreign = true}, ["alt spell"] = {alias_of = "alternative spelling of"}, ["alt sp"] = {alias_of = "alternative spelling of"}, ["dated form of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#dated|dated]] form of", type_prefix = "DATED_FORM_OF", cat = "cln:dated forms", default_foreign = true}, ["dated form"] = {alias_of = "dated form of"}, ["dated spelling of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#dated|dated]] spelling of", type_prefix = "DATED_FORM_OF", cat = "cln:dated forms", default_foreign = true}, ["dated spell"] = {alias_of = "dated spelling of"}, ["dated sp"] = {alias_of = "dated spelling of"}, ["archaic form of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#archaic|archaic]] form of", type_prefix = "ARCHAIC_FORM_OF", cat = "cln:archaic forms", default_foreign = true}, ["arch form"] = {alias_of = "archaic form of"}, ["archaic spelling of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#archaic|archaic]] spelling of", type_prefix = "ARCHAIC_FORM_OF", cat = "cln:archaic forms", default_foreign = true}, ["arch spell"] = {alias_of = "archaic spelling of"}, ["arch sp"] = {alias_of = "archaic spelling of"}, ["obsolete form of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#obsolete|obsolete]] form of", type_prefix = "OBSOLETE_FORM_OF", cat = "cln:obsolete forms", default_foreign = true}, ["obs form"] = {alias_of = "obsolete form of"}, ["obsolete spelling of"] = {text = "[[Appendix:Glossary#obsolete|obsolete]] spelling of", type_prefix = "OBSOLETE_FORM_OF", cat = "cln:obsolete forms", default_foreign = true}, ["obs spell"] = {alias_of = "obsolete spelling of"}, ["obs sp"] = {alias_of = "obsolete spelling of"}, } local function get_seat_text(overall_place_spec) local placetype = overall_place_spec.descs[1].placetypes[1] if placetype == "county" or placetype == "counties" then return "county seat" elseif placetype == "parish" or placetype == "parishes" then return "parish seat" elseif placetype == "borough" or placetype == "boroughs" then return "borough seat" else return "seat" end end --[==[ var: List specifying the allowed arguments containing extra information that is sometimes added to a definition, such as the capital, largest city, modern name, official name, etc., along with associated properties; displayed in the order given. Each element is an object with the following properties: * `arg`: The argument name. * `text`: The actual text displayed before the terms. If the value is `+`, the argument name is used as the text. If the value is a function, it is passed a single argument, the overall place spec (see the comment at the top of the file) and should return the text to be displayed. * `conjunction`: The conjunction used to join multiple terms, defaulting to `and`. * `display_even_when_dropped`: Display this piece of extra info even when it would normally be dropped (e.g. in {{tl|tcl}} when the language is other than English). * `match_sentence_style`: If true, the text will be capitalized and preceded by a period when ''sentence style'' is in effect (essentially, when the language is English and there is no translation specified using {{para|t}} or similar parameter); otherwise, the text will be displayed as-is and preceded by a semicolon. If false, the semicolon style will always be used. * `auto_plural`: If true, pluralize the text when there is more than one term. * `with_colon`: If true, follow the text with a colon. (This colon cannot easily be included in the text itself because if pluralized, the pluralized text goes before the colon.) ]==] export.extra_info_args = { {arg = "modern", text = "+", conjunction = "หรือ", display_even_when_dropped = true}, {arg = "now", text = "ปัจจุบัน", conjunction = "หรือ", display_even_when_dropped = true}, {arg = "full", text = "ชื่อเต็ม", conjunction = "หรือ", display_even_when_dropped = true}, {arg = "short", text = "short form", conjunction = "หรือ"}, {arg = "abbr", text = "abbreviation", conjunction = "หรือ"}, {arg = "former", text = "ชื่อเดิม"}, {arg = "official", text = "ชื่อทางการ", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = true, with_colon = true}, {arg = "capital", text = "เมืองหลวง", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = true, with_colon = true}, {arg = "largest city", text = "นครใหญ่สุด", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = true, with_colon = true}, {arg = "caplc", text = "เมืองหลวงและนครใหญ่สุด", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = false, with_colon = true}, {arg = "seat", text = get_seat_text, match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = true, with_colon = true}, {arg = "shire town", text = "+", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = true, with_colon = true}, {arg = "headquarters", text = "+", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = false, with_colon = true}, {arg = "center", text = "administrative center", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = false, with_colon = true}, {arg = "centre", text = "administrative centre", match_sentence_style = true, auto_plural = false, with_colon = true}, } export.extra_info_arg_map = {} for _, spec in ipairs(export.extra_info_args) do export.extra_info_arg_map[spec.arg] = spec end ----------- Wikicode utility functions -- Return a wikilink link {{l|language|text}} local function link(text, langcode, id) if not langcode then return text end return m_links.full_link( {term = text, lang = require(languages_module).getByCode(langcode, true, "allow etym"), id = id}, nil, "allow self link" ) end ---------- Basic utility functions -- Add the page to a tracking "category". To see the pages in the "category", -- go to [[Wiktionary:Tracking/place/PAGE]] and click on "What links here". local function track(page) require(debug_track_module)("place/" .. page) return true end local function ucfirst_all(text) if text:find(" ") then local parts = split(text, " ", true) for i, part in ipairs(parts) do parts[i] = m_strutils.ucfirst(part) end return concat(parts, " ") else return m_strutils.ucfirst(text) end end local function lc(text) return mw.getContentLanguage():lc(text) end ---------- Argument parsing functions and utilities -- Split an argument on comma, but not comma followed by whitespace. local function split_on_comma(val) if val:find(",") then return require(parse_interface_module).split_on_comma(val) else return {val} end end -- Split an argument on slash, but not slash occurring inside of HTML tags like </span> or <br />. local function split_on_slash(arg) if arg:find("<") then local m_parse_utilities = require(parse_utilities_module) -- We implement this by parsing balanced segment runs involving <...>, and splitting on slash in the remainder. -- The result is a list of lists, so we have to rejoin the inner lists by concatenating. local segments = m_parse_utilities.parse_balanced_segment_run(arg, "<", ">") local slash_separated_groups = m_parse_utilities.split_alternating_runs(segments, "/") for i, group in ipairs(slash_separated_groups) do slash_separated_groups[i] = concat(group) end return slash_separated_groups else return split(arg, "/", true) end end -- Implement "implications", i.e. where the presence of a given holonym causes additional holonym(s) to be added. -- Implications apply only to categorization. There used to be support for "general implications" that applied to both -- display and categorization, but there ended up not being any such implications, so we've removed the support. It is -- a bad idea in any case to have such implications; the user might purposely leave out a higher-level polity to avoid -- redundancy in several successive definitions, and we wouldn't want to override that. Note that in practice the -- mechanism implemented by this function is used specifically for non-administrative geographic regions such as -- Eastern Europe and the West Bank; there is a similar mechanism for administrative regions handled by -- `augment_holonyms_with_containing_polity` in [[Module:place/placetypes]]. -- -- `place_descriptions` is a list of place descriptions (see top of file, collectively describing the data passed to -- {{place}}). `implication_data` is the data used to implement the implications, i.e. a table indexed by holonym -- placetype, each value of which is a table indexed by holonym placename, each value of which is a list of -- "PLACETYPE/PLACENAME" holonyms to be added to the end of the list of holonyms. local function handle_category_implications(place_descriptions, implication_data) for i, desc in ipairs(place_descriptions) do if desc.holonyms then local new_holonyms = {} for _, holonym in ipairs(desc.holonyms) do insert(new_holonyms, holonym) local imp_data = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(holonym.placetype, function(pt) local implication = implication_data[pt] and implication_data[pt][holonym.unlinked_placename] if implication then return implication end end) if imp_data then for _, holonym_to_add in ipairs(imp_data) do local split_holonym = split_on_slash(holonym_to_add) if #split_holonym ~= 2 then internal_error("Invalid holonym in implications: %s", holonym_to_add) end local holonym_placetype, holonym_placename = unpack(split_holonym, 1, 2) local new_holonym = { -- By the time we run, the display has already been generated so we don't need to set -- display_placename. placetype = holonym_placetype, unlinked_placename = holonym_placename } insert(new_holonyms, new_holonym) m_placetypes.key_holonym_into_place_desc(desc, new_holonym) end end end desc.holonyms = new_holonyms end end end -- Split a holonym (e.g. "continent/Europe" or "country/en:Italy" or "in southern" or "r:suf/O'Higgins" or -- "c/Austria,Germany,Czech Republic") into its components. Return a list of holonym objects (see top of file). Note -- that if there isn't a slash in the holonym (e.g. "in southern"), the `placetype` field of the holonym will be nil. -- Placetype aliases (e.g. "r" for "region") and placename aliases (e.g. "US" or "USA" for "United States") will be -- expanded. local function split_holonym(raw) local no_display, combined_holonym = raw:match("^(!)(.*)$") no_display = not not no_display combined_holonym = combined_holonym or raw local suppress_comma, combined_holonym_without_comma = combined_holonym:match("^(%*)(.*)$") suppress_comma = not not suppress_comma combined_holonym = combined_holonym_without_comma or combined_holonym local holonym_parts = split_on_slash(combined_holonym) if #holonym_parts == 1 then -- `unlinked_placename` should not be used. return {{display_placename = combined_holonym, no_display = no_display, suppress_comma = suppress_comma}} end -- Rejoin further slashes in case of slash in holonym placename, e.g. Admaston/Bromley. local placetype = holonym_parts[1] local placename = concat(holonym_parts, "/", 2) -- Check for modifiers after the holonym placetype. local split_holonym_placetype = split(placetype, ":", true) placetype = split_holonym_placetype[1] local affix_type local saw_also local saw_the for i = 2, #split_holonym_placetype do local modifier = split_holonym_placetype[i] if modifier == "also" then if saw_also then error(("Modifier ':also' occurs twice in holonym '%s'"):format(combined_holonym)) end saw_also = true elseif modifier == "the" then if saw_the then error(("Modifier ':the' occurs twice in holonym '%s'"):format(combined_holonym)) end saw_the = true elseif modifier == "pref" or modifier == "Pref" or modifier == "suf" or modifier == "Suf" or modifier == "noaff" then if affix_type then error(("Affix-type modifier ':%s' occurs twice in holonym '%s'"):format(modifier, combined_holonym)) end affix_type = modifier else error(("Unrecognized holonym placetype modifier '%s', should be one of " .. "'pref', 'Pref', 'suf', 'Suf', 'noaff', 'also' or 'the'"):format(modifier)) end end placetype = m_placetypes.resolve_placetype_aliases(placetype) local holonyms = split_on_comma(placename) local pluralize_affix = #holonyms > 1 local affix_holonym_index = (affix_type == "pref" or affix_type == "Pref") and 1 or affix_type == "noaff" and 0 or #holonyms for i, placename in ipairs(holonyms) do -- Check for langcode before the holonym placename, but don't get tripped up by Wikipedia links, which begin -- "[[w:...]]" or "[[wikipedia:]]". local langcode, placename_without_langcode = rmatch(placename, "^([^%[%]]-):(.*)$") if langcode then placename = placename_without_langcode end placename = m_placetypes.resolve_placename_display_aliases(placetype, placename) holonyms[i] = { placetype = placetype, display_placename = placename, unlinked_placename = m_placetypes.remove_links_and_html(placename), langcode = langcode, affix_type = i == affix_holonym_index and affix_type or nil, pluralize_affix = i == affix_holonym_index and pluralize_affix, suppress_affix = i ~= affix_holonym_index, no_display = no_display, suppress_comma = suppress_comma, continue_cat_loop = saw_also, force_the = i == 1 and saw_the, } end return holonyms end local get_param_mods = memoize(function() local m_param_utils = require(parameter_utilities_module) return m_param_utils.construct_param_mods { {group = {"link", "q", "l", "ref"}}, {param = "eq"}, -- FIXME: Finish [[Module:format utilities]]. --{param = "conj", set = require(format_utilities_module).allowed_conjs_for_join_segments, overall = true}, {param = "conj", set = {["and"] = true, ["or"] = true, ["and/or"] = true, ["และ"] = true, ["หรือ"] = true, ["และ/หรือ"] = true}, overall = true}, } end) local function parse_term_with_inline_modifiers(term, paramname, default_lang) -- FIXME: Finish changes to [[Module:parameter utilities]] and [[Module:parse utilities]] that support continuations -- and new-format generate_obj(). --local function generate_obj(data) -- local m_param_utils = require(parameter_utilities_module) -- data.parse_lang_prefix = true -- data.special_continuations = m_param_utils.default_special_continuations -- data.default_lang = default_lang -- return m_param_utils.generate_obj_maybe_parsing_lang_prefix(data) --end local function generate_obj(raw_term, parse_err) local obj = require(parameter_utilities_module).generate_obj_maybe_parsing_lang_prefix { term = raw_term, parse_err = parse_err, parse_lang_prefix = true, } obj.lang = obj.lang or default_lang return obj end return require(parse_interface_module).parse_inline_modifiers(term, { paramname = paramname, param_mods = get_param_mods(), generate_obj = generate_obj, -- FIXME: See above. --generate_obj_new_format = true, splitchar = ",", outer_container = {}, }) end local function parse_form_of_directive(arg, lang, form_of_overridden_args) local form_of_directive, raw_terms = arg:match("^@([a-z -]+):(.*)$") if not form_of_directive then error("Misformatted @-directive: " .. dump(arg)) end if not export.all_form_of_directives[form_of_directive] then local known_directives = {} for k, _ in pairs(export.all_form_of_directives) do insert(known_directives, '"' .. k .. '"') end table.sort(known_directives) error(("Unrecognized form-of directive %s in @-directive %s; recognized directives are %s"):format( dump(form_of_directive), dump(arg), concat(known_directives, ", "))) end local spec = export.all_form_of_directives[form_of_directive] local canonical_directive = form_of_directive if spec.alias_of then canonical_directive = spec.alias_of spec = export.all_form_of_directives[canonical_directive] if not spec then internal_error("Form-of directive alias %s points to %s, which is not a directive", "@" .. form_of_directive, canonical_directive) elseif spec.alias_of then internal_error("Form-of directive alias %s points to %s, which is also an alias", "@" .. form_of_directive, canonical_directive) end end local default_foreign = spec.default_foreign local directive_param = "@" .. form_of_directive if form_of_overridden_args and form_of_overridden_args[canonical_directive] then raw_terms = form_of_overridden_args[canonical_directive].new_value local new_directive = form_of_overridden_args[canonical_directive].new_directive local new_spec = export.all_form_of_directives[new_directive] if not new_spec then error(("Internal error: [[Module:transclude]] passed in unrecognized replacement directive '@%s'"): format(new_directive)) end if new_spec.alias_of then error(("Internal error: [[Module:transclude]] passed in replacement directive alias '@%s', " .. "should be canonical"):format(new_directive)) end if new_directive ~= canonical_directive then directive_param = directive_param .. (" (replaced with @%s)"):format(new_directive) canonical_directive = new_directive spec = new_spec end default_foreign = true end local terms = parse_term_with_inline_modifiers(raw_terms, directive_param, default_foreign and lang or enlang) return { directive = canonical_directive, terms = terms.terms, conj = terms.conj, spec = spec, } end -- Parse an argument containing extra information that is sometimes added to a definition, such as the capital, largest -- city, modern name, official name, etc. `args` is the value from the parsed argument structure and can be either nil, -- a string or a list (depending on whether it was declared as a single parameter or a list). `spec` is the extra info -- spec corresponding to the type of extra info. Each value in `args` can be a comma-separated list of terms with inline -- modifiers attached. [FIXME: we should switch to always using the comma-separated format and disallow list parameters -- such as |capital=, |capital2=, etc.] The return value is a structure containing fields `terms` (a list of term -- objects, each of which is in the format expected by full_link() in [[Module:links]]), `conj` (an explicit -- conjunction to join multiple terms, or nil if no explicit conjunction was given) and `spec` (the passed-in spec). local function parse_extra_info_arg(args, spec, default_lang) if not args then return nil end if type(args) ~= "table" then args = {args} end if not args[1] then return nil end local terms = nil local conj for i, arg in ipairs(args) do local this_terms = parse_term_with_inline_modifiers(arg, spec.arg .. (i == 1 and "" or i), default_lang) local thisconj = this_terms.conj if not conj then conj = thisconj elseif thisconj and conj ~= thisconj then error(("Two different conjunctions '%s' and '%s' specified for |%s=; you only need to specify the " .. "conjunction once"):format(conj, thisconj)) end if not terms then terms = this_terms.terms else m_table.extend(terms, this_terms.terms) end end return { spec = spec, terms = terms, conj = conj, } end --[==[ Parse a "new-style" place description, with placetypes and holonyms surrounded by `<<...>>` amid otherwise raw text. Return value is a place description object as documented at the top of the file. Exported for use by [[Module:demonyms]]. ]==] function export.parse_new_style_place_desc(text, lang, form_of_directives, form_of_overridden_args) local placetypes = {} local segments = split(text, "<<(.-)>>") local retval = {holonyms = {}, order = {}} local form_of_directives_already_present = form_of_directives and not not form_of_directives[1] for i, segment in ipairs(segments) do if i % 2 == 1 then insert(retval.order, {type = "raw", value = segment}) elseif segment:find("@") then if not form_of_directives then error(("Form-of directive '%s' not allowed in this context"):format(segment)) elseif form_of_directives_already_present then error(("Saw form-of directive '%s' in new-style place desc followed by direct (separate-parameter) form-of directives; not allowed"):format( segment)) elseif placetypes[1] or retval.holonyms[1] then error(("Form-of directive '%s' must come first, before placetypes and holonyms"):format(segment)) else local form_of_directive = parse_form_of_directive(segment, lang, form_of_overridden_args) if not retval.order[1] or retval.order[1].type ~= "raw" or retval.order[2] then internal_error("`retval.order` should have a single raw element: %s", retval.order) end form_of_directive.pretext = retval.order[1].value retval.order[1] = nil insert(form_of_directives, form_of_directive) end elseif segment:find("/") then local holonyms = split_holonym(segment) for j, holonym in ipairs(holonyms) do if j > 1 then if not holonym.no_display then if j == #holonyms then insert(retval.order, {type = "raw", value = " and "}) else insert(retval.order, {type = "raw", value = ", "}) end end -- All but the first in a multi-holonym need an article. For the first one, the article is -- specified in the raw text if needed. (Currently, needs_article is only used when displaying the -- holonym, so it wouldn't matter when no_display is set, but we set it anyway in case we need it -- for something else.) holonym.needs_article = true end insert(retval.holonyms, holonym) if not holonym.no_display then insert(retval.order, {type = "holonym", value = #retval.holonyms}) end m_placetypes.key_holonym_into_place_desc(retval, holonym) end else local treat_as, display = segment:match("^(..-):(.+)$") if treat_as then segment = treat_as else display = segment end -- see if the placetype segment is just qualifiers local only_qualifiers = true local split_segments = split(segment, " ", true) for _, split_segment in ipairs(split_segments) do if m_placetypes.placetype_qualifiers[split_segment] == nil then only_qualifiers = false break end end insert(placetypes, {placetype = segment, only_qualifiers = only_qualifiers}) if only_qualifiers then insert(retval.order, {type = "qualifier", value = display}) else insert(retval.order, {type = "placetype", value = display}) end end end if not form_of_directives_already_present and form_of_directives and form_of_directives[1] then form_of_directives[#form_of_directives].posttext = "" end local final_placetypes = {} for i, placetype in ipairs(placetypes) do if i > 1 and placetypes[i - 1].only_qualifiers then final_placetypes[#final_placetypes] = final_placetypes[#final_placetypes] .. " " .. placetypes[i].placetype else insert(final_placetypes, placetypes[i].placetype) end end retval.placetypes = final_placetypes return retval end --[==[ Parse one or more "new-style" place descriptions, with placetypes and holonyms surrounded by `<<...>>` amid otherwise raw text. Multiple descriptions are separated by two semicolons in a row. Return value is a list of place description objects as documented at the top of the file. ]==] local function parse_conjoined_new_style_place_desc(text, lang, form_of_directives, form_of_overridden_args) local separate_specs = split(text, ";(;[^ ]*)") local descs = {} for i = 1, #separate_specs do if i % 2 == 1 then insert(descs, export.parse_new_style_place_desc(separate_specs[i], lang, form_of_directives, form_of_overridden_args)) form_of_directives = nil else descs[#descs].separator = separate_specs[i] end end return descs end --[=[ Process numeric and "extra info" arguments into an overall place spec, as described at the top of the file. `data` is an object with the following fields: * `args`: The parsed arguments of {{tl|place}}. * `from_tcl`: True if we're being invoked from {{tl|tcl}}. * `extra_info_overridden_set`, `form_of_overridden_args`: Same as the corresponding fields in the `data` object passed to `export.format`. ]=] local function parse_overall_place_spec(data) local args, from_tcl, extra_info_overridden_set, form_of_overridden_args = data.args, data.from_tcl, data.extra_info_overridden_set, data.form_of_overridden_args local descs = {} local this_desc -- Index of separate (semicolon-separated) place descriptions within `descs`. local desc_index = 1 -- Index of separate holonyms within a place description. 0 means we've seen no holonyms and have yet to process -- the placetypes that precede the holonyms. 1 means we've seen no holonyms but have already processed the -- placetypes. local holonym_index = 0 local in_place_desc = false local form_of_directives = {} local function set_desc_joiner(desc, separator) if separator == ";" then this_desc.joiner = "; " this_desc.include_following_article = true elseif separator == ";;" then this_desc.joiner = " " else local joiner = separator:sub(2) if rfind(joiner, "^%a") then this_desc.joiner = " " .. joiner .. " " else this_desc.joiner = joiner .. " " end end end for _, arg in ipairs(args[2]) do if arg:find("^@") then if not (desc_index == 1 and holonym_index == 0) then error("@-directives cannot follow place descriptions") end local form_of_directive = parse_form_of_directive(arg, args[1], form_of_overridden_args) if form_of_directives[1] then form_of_directive.pretext = ", " else form_of_directive.pretext = "" end insert(form_of_directives, form_of_directive) elseif arg == ";" or arg:find("^;[^ ]") then if not this_desc then error("Saw semicolon joiner without preceding place description") end set_desc_joiner(this_desc, arg) desc_index = desc_index + 1 holonym_index = 0 in_place_desc = false else if arg:find("<<") then if in_place_desc then error("New-style place description must come first or following a separator (semicolon or similar), not directly following another description") end in_place_desc = true local this_descs = parse_conjoined_new_style_place_desc(arg, args[1], form_of_directives, form_of_overridden_args) for j, desc in ipairs(this_descs) do this_desc = desc if holonym_index > 0 then desc_index = desc_index + 1 holonym_index = 0 end if j < #this_descs then set_desc_joiner(this_desc, this_desc.separator) end descs[desc_index] = this_desc last_was_new_style = true holonym_index = #this_desc.holonyms + 1 end else -- Old-style arguments can directly follow a new-style argument; they become additional holonyms -- tacked onto the end of the holonym list, and are displayed old-style except that there is no -- prefix before the first one following the new-style argument. in_place_desc = true if holonym_index == 0 then local entry_placetypes = split_on_slash(arg) this_desc = {placetypes = entry_placetypes, holonyms = {}} descs[desc_index] = this_desc holonym_index = holonym_index + 1 else local holonyms = split_holonym(arg) for j, holonym in ipairs(holonyms) do if j > 1 then -- All but the first in a multi-holonym need an article. Not for the first one because e.g. -- {{place|en|city|s/Arizona|c/United States}} should not display as "a city in Arizona, the -- United States". The overall first holonym in the place description gets an article if -- needed regardless of our setting here. holonym.needs_article = true -- Insert "และ" before the last holonym. if j == #holonyms then this_desc.holonyms[holonym_index] = { -- Use the no_display value from the first holonym; it should be the same for all -- holonyms. `unlinked_placename` should not be used. display_placename = "และ", no_display = holonyms[1].no_display } holonym_index = holonym_index + 1 end end this_desc.holonyms[holonym_index] = holonym m_placetypes.key_holonym_into_place_desc(this_desc, this_desc.holonyms[holonym_index]) holonym_index = holonym_index + 1 end end end end end if form_of_directives[1] and not form_of_directives[#form_of_directives].posttext then form_of_directives[#form_of_directives].posttext = (args.def and args.def ~= "-" or not args.def and descs[1]) and ": " or "" end -- Tracking code. This does nothing but add tracking for seen placetypes and qualifiers. The place will be linked to -- [[Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-placetype/PLACETYPE]] for all entry placetypes seen; in addition, if PLACETYPE -- has qualifiers (e.g. 'small city'), there will be links for the bare placetype minus qualifiers and separately -- for the qualifiers themselves: -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-placetype/BARE_PLACETYPE]] -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-qualifier/QUALIFIER]] -- Note that if there are multiple qualifiers, there will be links for each possible split. For example, for -- 'small maritime city'), there will be the following links: -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-placetype/small maritime city]] -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-placetype/maritime city]] -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-placetype/city]] -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-qualifier/small]] -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/entry-qualifier/maritime]] -- Finally, there are also links for holonym placetypes, e.g. if the holonym 'c/Italy' occurs, there will be the -- following link: -- [[Special:WhatLinksHere/Wiktionary:Tracking/place/holonym-placetype/country]] for _, desc in ipairs(descs) do for _, entry_placetype in ipairs(desc.placetypes) do local splits = m_placetypes.split_qualifiers_from_placetype(entry_placetype, "no canon qualifiers") for _, split in ipairs(splits) do local prev_qualifier, this_qualifier, bare_placetype = unpack(split, 1, 3) track("entry-placetype/" .. bare_placetype) if this_qualifier then track("entry-qualifier/" .. this_qualifier) end end end for _, holonym in ipairs(desc.holonyms) do if holonym.placetype then track("holonym-placetype/" .. holonym.placetype) end end end local extra_info = {} for _, extra_info_spec in ipairs(export.extra_info_args) do local extra_info_terms = parse_extra_info_arg(args[extra_info_spec.arg], extra_info_spec, -- If called from {{tcl}} and extra info argument was set by {{tcl}}, interpret the argument -- according to the language in 1=; otherwise interpret as English. To override this, prefix -- with the appropriate language. from_tcl and extra_info_overridden_set and extra_info_overridden_set[extra_info_spec.arg] and args[1] or enlang) if extra_info_terms then insert(extra_info, extra_info_terms) end end return { lang = args[1], args = args, directives = form_of_directives, descs = descs, extra_info = extra_info, } end -------- Definition-generating functions -- Return a string with the wikilinks to the English translations of the word. local function get_translations(transl, ids) local ret = {} for i, t in ipairs(transl) do local arg_transls = split_on_comma(t) local arg_ids = ids[i] if arg_ids then arg_ids = split_on_comma(arg_ids) if #arg_transls ~= #arg_ids then error(("Saw %s translation%s in t%s=%s but %s ID%s in tid%s=%s"):format( #arg_transls, #arg_transls > 1 and "s" or "", i == 1 and "" or i, t, #arg_ids, #arg_ids > 1 and "'s" or "", i == 1 and "" or i, ids[i])) end end for j, arg_transl in ipairs(arg_transls) do insert(ret, link(arg_transl, "en", arg_ids and arg_ids[j] or nil)) end end return concat(ret, ", ") end -- Return the article (currently always `"the"`) to be prepended to the given placename, or nil. `decorated_placename` -- is the placename as specified by the user along with any affix added to it. `placename` is the raw unlinked -- placename, defaulting to the unlinked version of `decorated_placename` if not given. `placetypes` is a placetype or -- list of placetypes for the placename. `suppress_holonym_use_the_check` suppresses checking the placetypes for -- `holonym_use_the`. local function get_placename_article(decorated_placename, placetypes, placename, suppress_holonym_use_the_check) local unlinked_decorated_placename = m_placetypes.remove_links_and_html(decorated_placename) if unlinked_decorated_placename:find("^the ") then return nil end placename = placename or unlinked_decorated_placename if type(placetypes) == "string" then placetypes = {placetypes} end for _, placetype in ipairs(placetypes) do local art = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(placetype, function(pt) local art = m_placetypes.placename_article[pt] and m_placetypes.placename_article[pt][placename] if art then return art end end) if art then return art end end -- Get equivalent placetypes of the specified placetype so that e.g. -- {{place|en|@official name of:Bahamas|island country|r/Caribbean}} put 'the' before Bahamas ("Bahamas" is just -- specified as a country but "island country" falls back to "country"). local all_equiv_placetypes = {} for _, placetype in ipairs(placetypes) do local this_equiv_placetypes = m_placetypes.get_placetype_equivs(placetype) for _, this_equiv_placetype in ipairs(this_equiv_placetypes) do insert(all_equiv_placetypes, this_equiv_placetype.placetype) end end -- Look for a known location. We should be using find_matching_holonym_location() but that function doesn't -- currently work without alias resolution. Instead we check if any matching location has `the = true` set. -- In practice there aren't any cases where a given placename matches two locations, only one of which has -- `the = true` set. for group, key, spec in m_placetypes.iterate_matching_location { placetypes = all_equiv_placetypes, placename = placename, alias_resolution = "none", } do -- `iterate_holonym_location` doesn't initialize the spec if alias resolution is turned off, so check both -- the spec and group. Be careful in case `the = false` is explicitly given by the spec. if spec.the ~= nil then if spec.the then return "the" end elseif group.default_the then return "the" end end if not suppress_holonym_use_the_check then -- See if the placetype requests an article to be placed before the placename. This occurs e.g. with 'sea'. But -- if the user specifies e.g. "sea:pref/Cortez", we'll wrongly get "the sea of the Cortez", so in that case we -- need to ignore the holonym article specified along with the placetype. for _, placetype in ipairs(placetypes) do local holonym_use_the = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(placetype, function(pt) return placetype_data[pt] and placetype_data[pt].holonym_use_the end) if holonym_use_the then return "the" end end end local universal_res = m_placetypes.placename_the_re["*"] for _, re in ipairs(universal_res) do if unlinked_decorated_placename:find(re) then return "the" end end for _, placetype in ipairs(placetypes) do local matched = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(placetype, function(pt) local res = m_placetypes.placename_the_re[pt] if not res then return nil end for _, re in ipairs(res) do if unlinked_decorated_placename:find(re) then return true end end return nil end) if matched then return "the" end end return nil end -- Prepend the appropriate article if needed to `decorated_placename` (the user-specified placename with any affix -- added), where the underlying holonym object that generated `linked_placename` can be found at `holonym_index` in the -- holonyms in `place_desc`. local function get_holonym_article(decorated_placename, place_desc, holonym_index) local holonym = place_desc.holonyms[holonym_index] local holonym_placetype = holonym.placetype if not holonym_placetype then return nil end return get_placename_article(decorated_placename, holonym_placetype, holonym.unlinked_placename, not not holonym.affix_type) end -- Convert a holonym into display format. This adds wikilinks to holonyms and passes them through any display handlers, -- which may (e.g.) add the placetype to the holonym. If `needs_article` is true, prepend the article `"the"` if the -- holonym requires it (e.g. if the holonym is `United States`). `needs_article` is set to true we are processing the -- first specified holonym in an old-style place description (i.e. the holonym directly following the entry placetype, -- with no raw-text holonym in between). -- -- Examples: -- ({placetype = "country", display_placename = "United States", unlinked_placename = "United States"}, true) returns -- the template-expanded equivalent of "the {{l|en|United States}}". -- ({placetype = "region", display_placename = "O'Higgins", unlinked_placename = "O'Higgins", affix_type = "suf"}, false) -- returns the template-expanded equivalent of "{{l|en|O'Higgins}} region". -- ({display_placename = "in the southern"}, false) returns "in the southern" (without wikilinking because .placetype -- and .langcode are both nil). local function format_holonym(place_desc, holonym_index, needs_article) local holonym = place_desc.holonyms[holonym_index] if holonym.no_display then return "" end local orig_needs_article = needs_article needs_article = needs_article or holonym.needs_article or holonym.force_the local output = holonym.display_placename local placetype = holonym.placetype local affix_type_pt_data, affix_type, affix_is_prefix, affix, prefix, suffix, no_affix_strings local pt_equiv_for_affix_type, already_seen_affix, need_affix -- Implement display handlers. local display_handler = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(placetype, function(pt) return placetype_data[pt] and placetype_data[pt].display_handler end) if display_handler then output = display_handler(placetype, output) end if not holonym.suppress_affix then -- Implement adding an affix (prefix or suffix) based on the holonym's placetype. The affix will be -- added either if the placetype's placetype_data spec says so (by setting 'affix_type'), or if the -- user explicitly called for this (e.g. by using 'r:suf/O'Higgins'). Before adding the affix, -- however, we check to see if the affix is already present (e.g. the placetype is "district" -- and the placename is "Mission District"). The placetype can override the affix to add (by setting -- `prefix`, `suffix` or `affix`) and/or override the strings used for checking if the affix is already -- present (by setting 'no_affix_strings', which defaults to the affix explicitly given through `prefix`, -- `suffix` or `affix` if any are given). `prefix` and `suffix` take precedence over `affix` if both are -- set, but only when the appropriate type of affix is requested. -- Search through equivalent placetypes for a setting of `affix_type`, `affix`, `prefix` or `suffix`. If we -- find any, use them. If `affix_type` is given, it is overridden by the user's explicitly specified affix -- type. If either an `affix_type` is found or the user explicitly specified an affix type, the affix is -- displayed according to the following: -- 1. If `prefix`, `suffix` or `affix` is given by the placetype or equivalent placetypes, use it (e.g. -- placetype `administrative region` requests suffix "region" but doesn't set affix type; if the user -- explicitly specifies `administrative region` as the placetype for a holonym and specifies a suffixal -- affix type, use "region"). In this search, we stop looking if we find an explicit `affix_type` -- setting; if this is found without an associated affix setting, the assumption is the associated -- placetype was intended as the affix, not some explicit affix setting associated with a fallback -- placetype. -- 2. Otherwise, if the user explicitly requested an affix type, use the actual placetype (principle of -- least surprise). -- 3. Finally, fall back to the placetype associated with an explicit `affix_type` setting (which will -- always exist if we get this far). affix_type_pt_data, pt_equiv_for_affix_type = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(placetype, function(pt) local cdpt = placetype_data[pt] return cdpt and cdpt.affix_type and cdpt or nil end ) affix_pt_data, pt_equiv_for_affix = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(placetype, function(pt) local cdpt = placetype_data[pt] return cdpt and (cdpt.affix_type or cdpt.affix or cdpt.prefix or cdpt.suffix) and cdpt or nil end ) if affix_type_pt_data then affix_type = affix_type_pt_data.affix_type need_affix = true end if affix_pt_data then prefix = affix_pt_data.prefix or affix_pt_data.affix suffix = affix_pt_data.suffix or affix_pt_data.affix need_affix = true end no_affix_strings = affix_pt_data and affix_pt_data.no_affix_strings or affix_type_pt_data and affix_type_pt_data.no_affix_strings if holonym.affix_type and placetype then affix_type = holonym.affix_type prefix = prefix or placetype suffix = suffix or placetype need_affix = true end if need_affix then -- At this point the affix_type has been determined and can't change any more, so we can figure out -- whether we need the calculated prefix or suffix. affix_is_prefix = affix_type == "pref" or affix_type == "Pref" if affix_is_prefix then affix = prefix else affix = suffix end if not affix then if not pt_equiv_for_affix_type then internal_error("Something wrong, `pt_equiv_for_affix_type` not set processing holonym: %s", holonym) end affix = pt_equiv_for_affix_type.placetype if not affix then internal_error("Something wrong, no affix could be located in `pt_equiv_for_affix_type` for " .. "holonym %s: %s", holonym, pt_equiv_for_affix_type) end end no_affix_strings = no_affix_strings or lc(affix) if holonym.pluralize_affix then affix = m_placetypes.pluralize_placetype(affix) end already_seen_affix = m_placetypes.check_already_seen_string(output, no_affix_strings) end end output = link(output, holonym.langcode or placetype and "en" or nil) if need_affix and not affix_is_prefix and not already_seen_affix then output = output .. " " .. (affix_type == "Suf" and ucfirst_all(affix) or affix) end if needs_article then local article = holonym.force_the and "the" or get_holonym_article(output, place_desc, holonym_index) if article then output = article .. " " .. output end end if affix_is_prefix and not already_seen_affix then output = (affix_type == "Pref" and ucfirst_all(affix) or affix) .. " of " .. output if orig_needs_article then -- Put the article before the added affix if we're the first holonym in the place description. This is -- distinct from the article added above for the holonym itself; cf. "c:pref/United States,Canada" -> -- "the countries of the United States and Canada". We need to use the value of `needs_article` passed -- in from the function, which indicates whether we're processing the first holonym. output = "the " .. output end end return output end -- Format a holonym for display, taking into account the entry's placetype (specifically, the last placetype if there -- are more than one, excluding conjunctions and parenthetical items); the holonym's index among the holonyms in the -- template (which specifies what the previous holonym is and whether it is the first holonym); and the full place -- description (which helps resolve ambiguities in holonyms when looking up known locations). This may involve putting a -- preposition ("in" or "of") before the formatted holonym, particularly if it is the first one, and may involve -- prepending a comma. If `holonym_no_prefix` is specified, nothing except a space is put before the holonym; used -- when formatting mixed new/old-style descriptions. local function format_holonym_in_context(entry_placetype, place_desc, holonym_index, holonym_no_prefix) local desc = "" -- If holonym.placetype is nil, the holonym is just raw text, e.g. 'in southern'. if holonym_no_prefix then desc = " " else local holonym = place_desc.holonyms[holonym_index] if not holonym.no_display then -- First compute the initial delimiter. if holonym_index == 1 then if holonym.placetype then desc = desc .. " " .. m_placetypes.get_placetype_entry_preposition(entry_placetype) .. " " elseif not holonym.display_placename:find("^,") then desc = desc .. " " end else local prev_holonym = place_desc.holonyms[holonym_index - 1] if prev_holonym.placetype and not holonym.suppress_comma then local dname = holonym.display_placename if dname ~= "and" and dname ~= "in" and dname ~= "and the" and dname ~= "in the" and dname ~= "และ" and dname ~= "ใน" then desc = desc .. "," end end if holonym.placetype or not holonym.display_placename:find("^,") then desc = desc .. " " end end end end return desc .. format_holonym(place_desc, holonym_index, not holonym_no_prefix and holonym_index == 1) end -- Return the linked description of a placetype. This splits off any qualifiers and displays them separately. local function get_placetype_description(placetype) local splits = m_placetypes.split_qualifiers_from_placetype(placetype) local prefix = "" for _, split in ipairs(splits) do local prev_qualifier, this_qualifier, bare_placetype = unpack(split, 1, 3) if this_qualifier then prefix = (prev_qualifier and prev_qualifier .. " " .. this_qualifier or this_qualifier) .. " " else prefix = "" end local display_form = m_placetypes.get_placetype_display_form(bare_placetype) if display_form then return prefix .. display_form end placetype = bare_placetype end return prefix .. placetype end -- Return the linked description of a qualifier (which may be multiple words). local function get_qualifier_description(qualifier) local splits = m_placetypes.split_qualifiers_from_placetype(qualifier .. " foo") local split = splits[#splits] local prev_qualifier, this_qualifier, bare_placetype = unpack(split, 1, 3) return prev_qualifier and prev_qualifier .. " " .. this_qualifier or this_qualifier end -- Format a set of form-of directive terms. local function format_form_of_directive(overall_place_spec, directive_terms, ucfirst, from_tcl) local formatted_terms = {} local placetypes if not overall_place_spec.descs[2] then placetypes = overall_place_spec.descs[1].placetypes else placetypes = {} for _, desc in ipairs(overall_place_spec.descs) do m_table.extend(placetypes, desc.placetypes) end end for _, termobj in ipairs(directive_terms.terms) do local placename_article if not termobj.alt and termobj.term and not termobj.term:find("%[%[") then placename_article = get_placename_article(termobj.term, placetypes) end local linked_term = m_links.full_link(termobj, "term", nil, "show qualifiers") linked_term = "<span class='form-of-definition-link'>" .. linked_term .. "</span>" if termobj.eq then linked_term = linked_term .. " (= " .. m_links.full_link {term = termobj.eq, lang = enlang} .. ")" end if placename_article then linked_term = placename_article .. " " .. linked_term end insert(formatted_terms, linked_term) end local spec = directive_terms.spec local text = spec.text if type(text) == "function" then text = text(overall_place_spec) end if text == "+" then text = directive_terms.directive end if ucfirst then text = m_strutils.ucfirst(text) end if not from_tcl then local tracking_prefix = "form-of/" .. directive_terms.directive track(tracking_prefix) local langcode = overall_place_spec.lang:getCode() local full_langcode = overall_place_spec.lang:getFullCode() track(tracking_prefix .. "/" .. langcode) if full_langcode ~= langcode then track(tracking_prefix .. "/" .. full_langcode) end if full_langcode ~= "en" then track(tracking_prefix .. "/non-english") end end return (require(form_of_module).format_form_of { text = text, lemmas = m_table.serialCommaJoin(formatted_terms, {conj = directive_terms.conj or spec.conjunction or "และ"}), lemma_classes = false, -- text_classes = "place-text", }) end -- Format a set of extra-info terms for extra information that is sometimes added to a definition, such as the capital, -- largest city, modern name, official name, etc. `overall_place_spec` is the overall parsed {{tl|place}} spec (see -- comment at top of file); `extra_info_terms` is the terms spec for this type of extra-info (as returned by -- `parse_extra_info_arg`); and `sentence_style` indicates whether we're generating a sentence-style definition (as -- suitable for an English-language term without a translation specified using t=). local function format_extra_info(overall_place_spec, extra_info_terms, sentence_style) local formatted_terms = {} for _, termobj in ipairs(extra_info_terms.terms) do insert(formatted_terms, m_links.full_link(termobj, nil, nil, "show qualifiers")) end local spec = extra_info_terms.spec local text = spec.text if type(text) == "function" then text = text(overall_place_spec) end if text == "+" then text = spec.arg end if spec.auto_plural and formatted_terms[2] then text = pluralize(text) end if spec.with_colon then text = text .. ":" end if sentence_style and spec.match_sentence_style then text = ". " .. m_strutils.ucfirst(text) else text = "; " .. text end -- FIME: Use joinSegments when available. -- return text .. " " .. -- m_table.joinSegments(formatted_terms, {conj = extra_info_terms.conj or spec.conjunction or "และ"}) return text .. " " .. m_table.serialCommaJoin(formatted_terms, {conj = extra_info_terms.conj or spec.conjunction or "และ"}) end -- Format an old-style place description (with separate arguments for the placetype and each holonym) for display and -- return the resulting string. local function format_old_style_place_desc_for_display(args, place_desc, desc_index, with_article, ucfirst) -- The placetype used to determine whether "in" or "of" follows is the last placetype if there are -- multiple slash-separated placetypes, but ignoring "และ", "or" and parenthesized notes -- such as "(one of 254)". local entry_placetype = nil local placetypes = place_desc.placetypes local function is_and_or(item) return item == "และ" or item == "หรือ" end local parts = {} local function ins(txt) insert(parts, txt) end local function ins_space() if #parts > 0 then ins(" ") end end local and_or_pos for i, placetype in ipairs(placetypes) do if is_and_or(placetype) then and_or_pos = i -- no break here; we want the last in case of more than one end end local remaining_placetype_index if and_or_pos then track("multiple-placetypes-with-and") if and_or_pos == #placetypes then error("Conjunctions 'and' and 'or' cannot occur last in a set of slash-separated placetypes: " .. concat(placetypes, "/")) end local items = {} for i = 1, and_or_pos + 1 do local pt = placetypes[i] if is_and_or(pt) then -- skip elseif i > 1 and pt:find("^%(") then -- append placetypes beginning with a paren to previous item items[#items] = items[#items] .. " " .. pt else entry_placetype = pt insert(items, get_placetype_description(pt)) end end ins(m_table.serialCommaJoin(items, {conj = placetypes[and_or_pos]})) remaining_placetype_index = and_or_pos + 2 else remaining_placetype_index = 1 end for i = remaining_placetype_index, #placetypes do local pt = placetypes[i] -- Check for and, or and placetypes beginning with a paren (so that things like -- "{{place|en|county/(one of 254)|s/Texas}}" work). if m_placetypes.placetype_is_ignorable(pt) then ins_space() ins(pt) else entry_placetype = pt -- Join multiple placetypes with comma unless placetypes are already -- joined with "และ". We allow "the" to precede the second placetype -- if they're not joined with "และ" (so we get "city and county seat of ..." -- but "city, the county seat of ..."). if i > 1 then ins(", ") local article = m_placetypes.get_placetype_article(pt) if article ~= "the" and i > remaining_placetype_index then -- Track cases where we are comma-separating multiple placetypes without the second one starting -- with "the", as they may be mistakes. The occurrence of "the" is usually intentional, e.g. -- {{place|zh|municipality/state capital|s/Rio de Janeiro|c/Brazil|t1=Rio de Janeiro}} -- for the city of [[Rio de Janeiro]], which displays as "a municipality, the state capital of ...". track("multiple-placetypes-without-and-or-the") end if article then ins(article) ins(" ") end end ins(get_placetype_description(pt)) end end if place_desc.holonyms then for holonym_index, _ in ipairs(place_desc.holonyms) do ins(format_holonym_in_context(entry_placetype, place_desc, holonym_index)) end end local gloss = concat(parts) if with_article then local article if desc_index == 1 then article = args.a else if not place_desc.holonyms then -- there isn't a following holonym; the place type given might be raw text as well, so don't add -- an article. with_article = false else local saw_placetype_holonym = false for _, holonym in ipairs(place_desc.holonyms) do if holonym.placetype then saw_placetype_holonym = true break end end if not saw_placetype_holonym then -- following holonym(s)s is/are just raw text; the place type given might be raw text as well, -- so don't add an article. with_article = false end end if with_article then track("second-or-higher-description-with-added-article") else track("second-or-higher-description-suppressed-article") end end if with_article then article = article or m_placetypes.get_placetype_article(place_desc.placetypes[1], ucfirst) if article then gloss = article .. " " .. gloss elseif ucfirst then gloss = m_strutils.ucfirst(gloss) end end end return gloss end --[==[ Get the full gloss (English description) of a new-style place description. New-style place descriptions are specified with a single string containing raw text interspersed with placetypes and holonyms surrounded by `<<...>>`. Exported for use by [[Module:demonyms]]. ]==] function export.format_new_style_place_desc_for_display(args, place_desc, with_article) local parts = {} local function ins(txt) insert(parts, txt) end if with_article and args.a then ins(args.a .. " ") end local max_holonym = 0 for _, order in ipairs(place_desc.order) do local segment_type, segment = order.type, order.value if segment_type == "raw" then ins(segment) elseif segment_type == "placetype" then ins(get_placetype_description(segment)) elseif segment_type == "qualifier" then ins(get_qualifier_description(segment)) elseif segment_type == "holonym" then ins(format_holonym(place_desc, segment, false)) if segment > max_holonym then max_holonym = segment end else internal_error("Unrecognized segment type %s", segment_type) end end if place_desc.holonyms and max_holonym < #place_desc.holonyms then local holonym_no_prefix = true for holonym_index = max_holonym + 1, #place_desc.holonyms do ins(format_holonym_in_context(nil, place_desc, holonym_index, holonym_no_prefix)) holonym_no_prefix = false end end return concat(parts) end -- Return a string with the gloss (the description of the place itself, as opposed to translations). If `ucfirst` is -- given, the gloss's first letter is made upper case. If `sentence_style` is given, the "extra info" (modern name, -- capital, largest city, etc.) is displayed as separated sentences; otherwise, it is displayed separated from the main -- definition by semicolons. local function get_display_form(data) local overall_place_spec, ucfirst, sentence_style, drop_extra_info, extra_info_overridden_set, from_tcl = data.overall_place_spec, data.ucfirst, data.sentence_style, data.drop_extra_info, data.extra_info_overridden_set, data.from_tcl local args = overall_place_spec.args local parts = {} local function ins(txt) table.insert(parts, txt) end if overall_place_spec.directives and overall_place_spec.directives[1] then for i, directive_terms in ipairs(overall_place_spec.directives) do ins(directive_terms.pretext) if directive_terms.pretext ~= "" then ucfirst = false end if not args.def or args.def == "-" then ins(format_form_of_directive(overall_place_spec, directive_terms, ucfirst, from_tcl)) ucfirst = false if i == #overall_place_spec.directives and directive_terms.posttext then ins(directive_terms.posttext) end end end end if args.def == "-" then return concat(parts) end if args.def then if args.def:find("<<") then local def_desc = export.parse_new_style_place_desc(args.def, args[1]) ins(export.format_new_style_place_desc_for_display({}, def_desc, false)) else ins(args.def) end else local include_article = true for n, desc in ipairs(overall_place_spec.descs) do if desc.order then ins(export.format_new_style_place_desc_for_display(args, desc, n == 1)) else ins(format_old_style_place_desc_for_display(args, desc, n, include_article, ucfirst)) end if desc.joiner then ins(desc.joiner) end include_article = desc.include_following_article ucfirst = false end end local addl = args.addl if addl then posttext = posttext or "" if addl:find("^[;:]") then ins(addl) elseif addl:find("^_") then ins(" " .. addl:sub(2)) else ins(", " .. addl) end end for _, extra_info_terms in ipairs(overall_place_spec.extra_info) do -- Include a given extra info term either when -- (1) drop_extra_info not set (it's set by {{tcl}}), or -- (2) the extra info term is marked as "display even when dropped" (e.g. modern= or full=, to help understand -- the term's sense), or -- (3) the term was overridden by a `place_*=` setting in {{tcl}}. if not drop_extra_info or extra_info_terms.spec.display_even_when_dropped or extra_info_overridden_set and extra_info_overridden_set[extra_info_terms.spec.arg] then ins(format_extra_info(overall_place_spec, extra_info_terms, sentence_style)) end end return concat(parts) end -- Return the definition line. local function get_def(data) local overall_place_spec, from_tcl, drop_extra_info, extra_info_overridden_set, translation_follows = data.overall_place_spec, data.from_tcl, data.drop_extra_info, data.extra_info_overridden_set, data.translation_follows local args = overall_place_spec.args local sentence_style = overall_place_spec.lang:getCode() == "en" local ucfirst = sentence_style and not args.nocap if #args.t > 0 then local gloss = get_display_form { overall_place_spec = overall_place_spec, ucfirst = false, sentence_style = false, drop_extra_info = drop_extra_info, extra_info_overridden_set = extra_info_overridden_set, from_tcl = from_tcl, } if from_tcl and not args.tcl_nolc then gloss = m_strutils.lcfirst(gloss) end if translation_follows then return (gloss == "" and "" or gloss .. ": ") .. get_translations(args.t, args.tid) else return get_translations(args.t, args.tid) .. (gloss == "" and "" or " (" .. gloss .. ")") end else return get_display_form { overall_place_spec = overall_place_spec, ucfirst = ucfirst, sentence_style = sentence_style, drop_extra_info = drop_extra_info, extra_info_overridden_set = extra_info_overridden_set, from_tcl = from_tcl, } end end ---------- Functions for the category wikicode -- The code in this section finds the categories to which a given place belongs. See comment at top of file. --[=[ Find the appropriate category specs for a given place description and placetype. For example, for the template invocation {{tl|place|en|city/and/county|s/Pennsylvania|c/US}}, which results in the place description ``` { placetypes = {"city", "และ", "county"}, holonyms = { {placetype = "state", display_placename = "Pennsylvania", unlinked_placename = "Pennsylvania"}, {placetype = "country", display_placename = "United States", unlinked_placename = "United States"}, }, holonyms_by_placetype = { state = {"Pennsylvania"}, country = {"United States"}, }, } ``` the call ``` find_placetype_cat_specs { entry_placetype = "city", place_desc = { placetypes = {"city", "และ", "county"}, holonyms = { {placetype = "state", display_placename = "Pennsylvania", unlinked_placename = "Pennsylvania"}, {placetype = "country", display_placename = "United States", unlinked_placename = "United States"}, }, holonyms_by_placetype = { state = {"Pennsylvania"}, country = {"United States"}, }, }, } ``` might produce the return value ``` { entry_placetype = "city", cat_specs = {"Cities in Pennsylvania, USA"}, triggering_holonym = {placetype = "state", display_placename = "Pennsylvania", unlinked_placename = "Pennsylvania"}, triggering_holonym_index = 1, } ``` See the comment at the top of the section for a description of category specs and the overall algorithm. On entry, `data` is an object with the following fields: * `entry_placetype`: the entry placetype (or equivalent) used to look up the category data in placetype_data, which must have already been resolved to a placetype with an entry in `placetype_data`; * `place_desc`: the full place description as documented at the top of the file (used only for its holonyms); * `first_holonym_index`: the index of the first holonym to consider when iterating through the holonyms (used to implement the `:also` holonym placetype modifier); * `overriding_holonym`: an optional overriding holonym to use, in place of iterating through the holonyms (used to implement categorizing other holonyms of the same type as the triggering holonym, so that e.g. {{tl|place|en|river|s/Kansas,Nebraska}}, or equivalently {{tl|place|en|river|s/Kansas|and|s/Nebraska}}, works); * `from_demonym`: we are called from {{tl|demonym-noun}} or {{tl|demonym-adj}} instead of {{tl|place}}, and should generate categories appropriate to those templates. * `form_of_directive`: A form-of directive prefix such as `FORMER_NAME_OF`. If specified, use that type prefix to generate categories appropriate to the form-of directive (in addition to the regular categories generated for the {{tl|place}} invocation, which happens in a separate call). The return value is {nil} if no category specs could be located, otherwise an object with the following fields: * `entry_placetype`: the placetype that should be used to construct categories when `true` is one of the returned category specs (normally the same as the `entry_placetype` passed in, but will be different when a "fallback" key exists and is used); * `cat_specs`: list of category specs as described above; * `triggering_holonym`: the triggering holonym (see the comment at the top of the section), or nil if there was no triggering holonym; * `triggering_holonym_index`: the index of the triggering holonym in the list of holonyms in `place_desc`, or nil if an overriding holonym was passed in or there was no triggering holonym. ]=] local function find_placetype_cat_specs(data) local entry_placetype, place_desc, first_holonym_index, overriding_holonym, from_demonym = data.entry_placetype, data.place_desc, data.first_holonym_index, data.overriding_holonym, data.from_demonym local form_of_directive = data.form_of_directive local function fetch_cat_specs(holonym_to_match, index, no_fallback) local holonym_placetype = holonym_to_match.placetype if not holonym_placetype then -- raw text in place of holonym return nil end local holonym_placename = holonym_to_match.unlinked_placename if not holonym_placename then internal_error("Missing unlinked_placename in holonym (index %s): %s", index, holonym_to_match) end local cat_specs, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(entry_placetype, function(equiv_entry_pt) return m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(holonym_placetype, function(equiv_holonym_pt) return m_placetypes.political_division_cat_handler { entry_placetype = equiv_entry_pt, holonym_placetype = equiv_holonym_pt, holonym_placename = holonym_placename, holonym_index = index, place_desc = place_desc, from_demonym = from_demonym, } end) end, {no_fallback = no_fallback, form_of_directive = form_of_directive} ) if cat_specs and cat_specs[1] then return cat_specs, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier.placetype end local cat_handler, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(entry_placetype, function(equiv_entry_pt) local entry_placetype_data = m_placetypes.placetype_data[equiv_entry_pt] if entry_placetype_data and entry_placetype_data.cat_handler then return entry_placetype_data.cat_handler end end, {no_fallback = no_fallback, form_of_directive = form_of_directive} ) if cat_handler then local cat_specs = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(holonym_placetype, function(equiv_holonym_pt) return cat_handler { entry_placetype = equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier.placetype, holonym_placetype = equiv_holonym_pt, holonym_placename = holonym_placename, holonym_index = index, place_desc = place_desc, from_demonym = from_demonym, } end) if cat_specs and cat_specs[1] then return cat_specs, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier.placetype end end if not no_fallback then local cat_specs, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(entry_placetype, function(equiv_entry_pt) local entry_placetype_data = m_placetypes.placetype_data[equiv_entry_pt] if entry_placetype_data then return m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(holonym_placetype, function(equiv_holonym_pt) return entry_placetype_data[equiv_holonym_pt .. "/*"] end) end end, {form_of_directive = form_of_directive} ) if cat_specs and cat_specs[1] then return cat_specs, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier.placetype end end return nil end if overriding_holonym then -- FIXME, change the algorithm to eliminate overriding_holonym local cat_specs, fetched_entry_placetype = fetch_cat_specs(overriding_holonym, nil) if cat_specs and cat_specs[1] then return { entry_placetype = fetched_entry_placetype, cat_specs = cat_specs, triggering_holonym = overriding_holonym, -- no triggering_holonym_index } end else -- We loop twice over holonyms, the first time setting `no_fallback` so that we process only category specs for -- the specifically given entry placetype (possibly with preceding qualifiers). The reason for this is to -- correctly handle cases like [[Poblacion IX]]: -- {{place|en|barangay|mun/Roxas|p/Capiz|c/Philippines}}. -- "barangay" falls back to "neighborhood", and without the `no_fallback` loop, the neighborhood cat handler run -- on the mun/Roxas holonym will take precedence over the barangay-specific setting for p/Capiz because we -- check, for each holonym in turn, first for a matching spec through political_division_cat_handler, then a cat -- handler, then a wildcard spec like country/*. During the first no-fallback loop, we disable checking for -- wildcard specs because it seems a fallback matching exactly or through a cat handler on an earlier holonym -- would be better than a wildcard match for the exact entry placetype at a later holonym. (FIXME: But I don't -- know for sure; maybe we should check wildcard holonyms on the exact entry placetype first, or contrariwise -- maybe we should check only exact-match holonyms through political_division_cat_handler on the exact entry -- placetype first, not even checking other cat handlers.) for i, holonym in ipairs(place_desc.holonyms) do if first_holonym_index and i < first_holonym_index then -- continue else local cat_specs, fetched_entry_placetype = fetch_cat_specs(holonym, i, "no_fallback") if cat_specs and cat_specs[1] then return { entry_placetype = fetched_entry_placetype, cat_specs = cat_specs, triggering_holonym = holonym, triggering_holonym_index = i, } end end end for i, holonym in ipairs(place_desc.holonyms) do if first_holonym_index and i < first_holonym_index then -- continue else local cat_specs, fetched_entry_placetype = fetch_cat_specs(holonym, i) if cat_specs and cat_specs[1] then return { entry_placetype = fetched_entry_placetype, cat_specs = cat_specs, triggering_holonym = holonym, triggering_holonym_index = i, } end end end end return nil end -- Turn a list of category specs (see comment at section top) into the corresponding categories (minus the language -- code prefix). The function is given the following arguments: -- (1) the category specs retrieved using find_placetype_cat_specs(); -- (2) the entry placetype used to fetch the entry in `placetype_data` -- (3) the triggering holonym (a holonym object; see comment at top of file) used to fetch the category specs -- (see top-of-section comment); or nil if no triggering holonym. -- The return value is constructed as described in the top-of-section comment. local function cat_specs_to_categories(place_desc, cat_data) local all_cats = {} local cat_specs, entry_placetype, triggering_holonym, triggering_holonym_index = cat_data.cat_specs, cat_data.entry_placetype, cat_data.triggering_holonym, cat_data.triggering_holonym_index if triggering_holonym then for _, cat_spec in ipairs(cat_specs) do local cat if cat_spec == true then cat = m_placetypes.pluralize_placetype(entry_placetype, "ucfirst") .. " " .. m_placetypes.get_placetype_entry_preposition(entry_placetype) .. " +++" else cat = cat_spec end if cat:find("%+%+%+") then local group, key, spec, container_trail = m_placetypes.find_matching_holonym_location { holonym_placetype = triggering_holonym.placetype, holonym_placename = triggering_holonym.unlinked_placename, holonym_index = triggering_holonym_index, place_desc = place_desc, } if group then cat = cat:gsub("%+%+%+", m_strutils.replacement_escape(m_placetypes.get_prefixed_key(key, spec))) insert(all_cats, cat) else mw.log(("Unable to insert category for cat spec '%s' because holonym '%s/%s' did not match a " .. "known location"):format(cat, triggering_holonym.placetype, triggering_holonym.unlinked_placename)) track("cant-match-holonym-for-category-spec") end else insert(all_cats, cat) end end else for _, cat_spec in ipairs(cat_specs) do local cat if cat_spec == true then cat = m_placetypes.pluralize_placetype(entry_placetype, "ucfirst") else cat = cat_spec if cat:find("%+%+%+") then internal_error("Category %s contains +++ but there is no holonym to substitute", cat) end end insert(all_cats, cat) end end return all_cats end -- Return the categories (without initial lang code) that should be added to the entry, given the place description -- (which specifies the entry placetype(s) and holonym(s); see top of file) and a particular entry placetype (e.g. -- "city"). Note that only the holonyms from the place description are looked at, not the entry placetypes in the place -- description. local function get_placetype_cats(place_desc, entry_placetype, from_demonym, form_of_directive) local cats = {} local first_holonym_index = 1 while first_holonym_index <= #place_desc.holonyms do -- Find the category specs (see top-of-file comment) corresponding to the holonym(s) in the place description. local cat_data = find_placetype_cat_specs { entry_placetype = entry_placetype, place_desc = place_desc, first_holonym_index = first_holonym_index, from_demonym = from_demonym, form_of_directive = form_of_directive, } -- Check if no category spec could be found. if not cat_data then break end local triggering_holonym = cat_data.triggering_holonym if not triggering_holonym then internal_error("find_placetype_cat_specs should have returned a triggering holonym: %s", cat_data) end -- Generate categories for the category specs found. extend(cats, cat_specs_to_categories(place_desc, cat_data)) -- Also generate categories for other holonyms of the same placetype, so that e.g. -- {{place|en|city|s/Kansas|and|s/Missouri|c/USA}} generates both [[:Category:en:Cities in Kansas, USA]] and -- [[:Category:en:Cities in Missouri, USA]]. first_holonym_index = cat_data.triggering_holonym_index -- Loop over non-fallback equivalent placetypes to the triggering holonym's placetype, in case it is -- non-canonical (e.g. `cities/San Francisco`). This matches the loop over equivalent places in -- key_holonym_into_place_desc(). local equiv_triggering_placetypes = m_placetypes.get_placetype_equivs(triggering_holonym.placetype, {no_fallback = true}) for _, equiv in ipairs(equiv_triggering_placetypes) do local other_holonyms_of_same_type = place_desc.holonyms_by_placetype[equiv.placetype] if other_holonyms_of_same_type then for _, other_placename_of_same_type in ipairs(other_holonyms_of_same_type) do if other_placename_of_same_type ~= triggering_holonym.unlinked_placename then local overriding_holonym = { placetype = triggering_holonym.placetype, unlinked_placename = other_placename_of_same_type, } local other_cat_data = find_placetype_cat_specs { entry_placetype = entry_placetype, place_desc = place_desc, overriding_holonym = overriding_holonym, from_demonym = from_demonym, form_of_directive = form_of_directive, } if other_cat_data then extend(cats, cat_specs_to_categories(place_desc, other_cat_data)) end end end end end -- If there are any later-specified holonyms that had the modifier :also, try to produce categories for them -- as well. first_holonym_index = first_holonym_index + 1 while first_holonym_index <= #place_desc.holonyms do if place_desc.holonyms[first_holonym_index].continue_cat_loop then break end first_holonym_index = first_holonym_index + 1 end end if cats[1] then return cats end local entry_pt_default, equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier = m_placetypes.get_equiv_placetype_prop(entry_placetype, function(pt) return m_placetypes.placetype_data[pt] and m_placetypes.placetype_data[pt].default end, {form_of_directive = form_of_directive}) if entry_pt_default then return cat_specs_to_categories(place_desc, { cat_specs = entry_pt_default, entry_placetype = equiv_entry_placetype_and_qualifier.placetype, -- no triggering holonym }) end return {} end --[==[ Iterate through each type of place and return a list of the categories that need to be added to the entry. The returned categories need to be formatted using `format_cats`, as they can be either topic-style categories (by default) or langname-style categories (if prefixed with `cln:`). The function is passed the overall place spec, which contains all the parsed info on the {{tl|place}} call (see comment at top of file), the parsed arguments (needed for arguments not parsed by `parse_overall_place_spec` and used primarily to add "bare categories" corresponding to toponyms for known locations), and `from_demonym`, which is true if we're being called from {{tl|demonym-noun}} or {{tl|demonym-adj}} (in this case, we only want certain categories added, specifically bare categories corresponding to the specified holonym(s)). ]==] function export.get_cats(args, overall_place_spec, from_demonym) local cats = {} local place_descriptions = overall_place_spec.descs handle_category_implications(place_descriptions, m_placetypes.cat_implications) m_placetypes.augment_holonyms_with_container(place_descriptions) if overall_place_spec.directives then -- not necessarily when called from [[Module:demonym]] for _, directive_terms in ipairs(overall_place_spec.directives) do local spec_cats = directive_terms.spec.cat if spec_cats then if type(spec_cats) == "string" then spec_cats = {spec_cats} end for _, spec_cat in ipairs(spec_cats) do insert(cats, spec_cat) end end if directive_terms.spec.type_prefix then for _, place_desc in ipairs(place_descriptions) do for _, placetype in ipairs(place_desc.placetypes) do if not m_placetypes.placetype_is_ignorable(placetype) then extend(cats, get_placetype_cats(place_desc, placetype, from_demonym, directive_terms.spec.type_prefix)) end end end end end end if not from_demonym then local bare_categories = m_placetypes.get_bare_categories(args, overall_place_spec) extend(cats, bare_categories) end for _, place_desc in ipairs(place_descriptions) do if not from_demonym then for _, placetype in ipairs(place_desc.placetypes) do if not m_placetypes.placetype_is_ignorable(placetype) then extend(cats, get_placetype_cats(place_desc, placetype)) end end end -- Also add generic place categories for the holonyms listed (e.g. a category like -- [[Category:Places in Merseyside, England]]). This is handled through the special placetype "*". extend(cats, get_placetype_cats(place_desc, "*", from_demonym)) end if args.cat then -- not necessarily when called from [[Module:demonym]] for _, cat in ipairs(args.cat) do local split_cats = split_on_comma(cat) extend(cats, split_cats) end end return cats end -- Return the category link for a category, given the language code and the name of the category. local function format_cats(lang, cats, sort_key) local full_cats = {} local langcode = lang:getFullCode() for _, cat in ipairs(cats) do -- 'cln' corresponds to {{cln}}, which generates lang-name categories like [[:Category:English abbreviations]] -- (as opposed to topic categories like [[:Category:en:Abbreviations of states of the United States]]). local cln_cat = cat:match("^cln:(.*)$") if cln_cat then insert(full_cats, lang:getFullName() .. " " .. cln_cat) else insert(full_cats, langcode .. ":" .. cat) end end return require(utilities_module).format_categories(full_cats, lang, sort_key, nil, force_cat or m_placetypes.get_force_cat()) end ----------- Main entry point --[==[ Implementation of {{tl|place}}. Meant to be callable from another module (specifically, [[Module:transclude]]). The single argument `data` is an object with the following fields: * `template_args`: Raw arguments specified by {{tl|place}}, possibly modified by {{tl|tcl}}. * `from_tcl`: True if we're being invoked from {{tl|tcl}}. * `drop_extra_info`: True if we should drop most of the "extra info" specified using extra info arguments (capital, largest city, etc.). Usually true when invoked from {{tl|tcl}}. Note that some extra info is still displayed even when `drop_extra_info` is set in order to establish the context (e.g. {{para|full}} and {{para|modern}}), and any extra info overridden at the {{tl|tcl}} level is displayed regardless. * `extra_info_overridden_set`: Set of booleans specifying, for each extra info arg, whether it was overridden at the {{tl|tcl}} level. This means, for example, that the values are interpreted according to the language in {{para|1}} instead of always defaulting to English, as is the case when {{tl|place}} is called directly. * `form_of_overridden_args`: Set of objects of the form `{new_directive = ``directive``, new_value = ``value``}` for overriding a given form-of directive (the key) with new directive ``directive`` and new unparsed value ``value``. Both the key and the replacing directive should be canonical. ``value`` will be parsed in the same way as a regular form-of directive except that all specified terms are interpreted in the language specified in {{para|1}}, never in English. This is present so that {{tl|tcl}} can be used on abbreviations like [[GDR]] and [[FYROM]], whose equivalents in a foreign language have language-specific expansions but where the rest of the call should stay the same. * `translation_follows`: If true, any translation specified using t= should follow the definition, after a colon, rather than preceding, with the definition in parens. ]==] function export.format(data) local template_args = data.template_args local list_param = {list = true} local boolean_param = {type = "boolean"} local params = { [1] = {required = true, type = "language", default = "und"}, [2] = {required = true, list = true}, ["t"] = list_param, ["tid"] = {list = true, allow_holes = true}, ["cat"] = list_param, ["nocat"] = boolean_param, ["nocap"] = boolean_param, ["sort"] = true, ["pagename"] = true, -- for testing or documentation purposes ["a"] = true, ["addl"] = true, ["def"] = true, -- params that are only used when transcluding using {{tcl}}/{{transclude}}, to transmit information to {{tcl}}. ["tcl"] = true, ["tcl_t"] = list_param, ["tcl_tid"] = list_param, ["tcl_nolb"] = true, ["tcl_nolc"] = boolean_param, ["tcl_noextratext"] = boolean_param, } -- add "extra info" parameters for _, extra_arg_spec in ipairs(export.extra_info_args) do params[extra_arg_spec.arg] = list_param end -- FIXME, once we've flushed out any uses, delete the following clause. That will cause def= to be ignored. if template_args.def == "" then error("Cannot currently pass def= as an empty parameter; use def=- if you want to suppress the definition display") end local args = require("Module:parameters").process(template_args, params) if args.a then track("a") if args.a:find("^[Aa]n?$") or args.a:find("^[Tt]he$") then track("a/article") else error("a= can only be used to specify a definite or indefinite article (and preferably use |nocap=1 instead to get the initial letter lowercase); see especially the documentation on the [[Template:place#Mixed format|mixed format]], which can be used to add arbitrary text before the placetype") end end data.args = args local overall_place_spec = parse_overall_place_spec(data) data.overall_place_spec = overall_place_spec return get_def(data) .. ( args.nocat and "" or format_cats(args[1], export.get_cats(args, overall_place_spec), args.sort)) end --[==[ Actual entry point of {{tl|place}}. ]==] function export.show(frame) return export.format { template_args = frame:getParent().args, } end return export 8h1j1ij0mnimqhvbfebk3pyoee0345u 0 288240 5724339 1647324 2026-06-08T08:18:10Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724339 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|อะเมริกา||เลิกใช้}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|en|America}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อะ-เม-ริ-กา}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{senseid|en|Q30}}{{place|th|ประเทศ|cont/อเมริกาเหนือ|full=สหรัฐอเมริกา|tcl_t=+|tcl_t2=สหรัฐอเมริกา}} f9fucwb9nhcp8qnaqeclvbs6kpilb7u 5724341 5724339 2026-06-08T08:27:46Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724341 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|อะเมริกา||เลิกใช้}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|en|America}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อะ-เม-ริ-กา}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{senseid|th|Q30}}{{place|th|ประเทศ|cont/อเมริกาเหนือ|full=สหรัฐอเมริกา|tcl_t=+|tcl_t2=สหรัฐอเมริกา}} m8dan0e1ni8ntz32brgg1vj1fxbw2hx 5724342 5724341 2026-06-08T08:29:29Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724342 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|อะเมริกา||เลิกใช้}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|en|America}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อะ-เม-ริ-กา}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{senseid|th|Q30}}{{place|th|ประเทศ|cont/อเมริกาเหนือ|full=สหรัฐอเมริกา}} 6ioiv8sy4l0tzxj2q4h0d86ibhaj4hu 0 326106 5724418 5721287 2026-06-08T09:37:32Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำกริยา */ 5724418 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮาวาย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|haw|en|Thailand}} === การออกเสียง === * {{haw-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|haw|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|haw|ไทย|id=Q869}} # [[ชาวไทย]] === คำกริยา === {{head|haw|คำกริยา}} # {{lb|haw|stative}} เป็นไทย/ชาวไทย #: {{uxi|haw|ʻōlelo '''Tailani'''|'''Thai''' language}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:Pukui&Elbert}} 3sojhfrtg3yxca3omfr8e7pg8x89cfy 3 2325277 5724294 5689815 2026-06-07T18:16:18Z Ladsgroup 3374 Ladsgroup ย้ายหน้า [[คุยกับผู้ใช้:Fueyo221]] ไปยัง [[คุยกับผู้ใช้:Hindsight10]]: ย้ายหน้าอัตโนมัติขณะเปลี่ยนชื่อผู้ใช้ "[[Special:CentralAuth/Fueyo221|Fueyo221]]" เป็น "[[Special:CentralAuth/Hindsight10|Hindsight10]]" 5689815 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Template:Welcome|realName=|name=Fueyo221}} -- [[ผู้ใช้:New user message|New user message]] ([[คุยกับผู้ใช้:New user message|คุย]]) 18:51, 21 มีนาคม 2569 (+07) dspdw4h4d71f9n13lqx3dtcs1usss9j 0 2326658 5724415 5723297 2026-06-08T09:36:56Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำกริยา */ 5724415 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮาวาย == === การออกเสียง === * {{haw-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|haw|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|haw|อิหร่าน|id=Q794}} # [[ชาว]][[อิหร่าน]] === คำกริยา === {{head|haw|คำกริยา}} # {{lb|haw|stative}} เป็น(ชาว)อิหร่าน 6xvp4mvfjftv0612ah826xp0zuvkshw 5724417 5724415 2026-06-08T09:37:20Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำกริยา */ 5724417 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮาวาย == === การออกเสียง === * {{haw-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|haw|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|haw|อิหร่าน|id=Q794}} # [[ชาว]][[อิหร่าน]] === คำกริยา === {{head|haw|คำกริยา}} # {{lb|haw|stative}} เป็นอิหร่าน/ชาวอิหร่าน thu2y98xlp7kadmwff9642oy3847j6q 0 2330536 5724313 5723670 2026-06-08T07:54:18Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724313 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp|th:}} [[ไฟล์:Location North America.svg|thumb|อเมริกาเหนือ]] === รากศัพท์ === {{calque|th|en|North America}}; {{surf|th|อเมริกา|เหนือ}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อะ-เม-ริ-กา-เหฺนือ}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{senseid|th|Q49}}{{place|th|<<ทวีป>>ที่ประกอบเป็นส่วนเหนือของ[[อเมริกาส์]] (อเมริกาเหนือและใต้); ซึ่งอยู่ทางตะวันออกของ[[มหาสมุทรแปซิฟิก]] ทางตะวันตกของ[[มหาสมุทรแอตแลนติก]] ทางเหนือของ[[อเมริกาใต้]] และทางใต้ของ[[มหาสมุทรอาร์กติก]]|tcl=<<ทวีป>>ที่ประกอบเป็นส่วนเหนือของ[[อเมริกาส์]] (ทวีปทั้งสอง)}} ==== คำแปลภาษาอื่น ==== {{trans-top|id=Q49|ทวีป}} * กรีก: {{t+|el|Βόρεια Αμερική|f}} * กันนฑะ: {{t+|kn|ಉತ್ತರ ಅಮೇರಿಕ}} * กาตาลา: {{t+|ca|Amèrica del Nord|f}} * กาลิเซีย: {{t+|gl|América do Norte}} * เกาหลี: {{t|ko|^북미(北美)}}, {{t+|ko|^북아메리카}} * แกลิกแบบสกอตแลนด์: {{t|gd|Aimeireaga-a-Tuath|f}} * เขมร: {{t|km|អាមេរិកខាងជើង}} * ครีโอลเฮติ: {{t|ht|Amerik dinò}} * คอร์ซิกา: {{t|co|America di u Nordu|f}}, {{t|co|America settentriunale|f}} * คาชุบ: {{t|csb|Nordowô Amerika|f}} * คาซัค: {{t+|kk|Солтүстік Америка}} * คีร์กีซ: {{t+|ky|Түндүк Америка}} * คุชราต: {{t|gu|ઉત્તર અમેરિકા}} * เคิร์ด: *: เคิร์ดเหนือ: {{t+|kmr|Amerîkaya Bakur}} * จอร์เจีย: {{t|ka|ჩრდილოეთი ამერიკა}}, {{t|ka|ჩრდილო ამერიკა}} * จีน: *: กวางตุ้ง: {{t|yue|北美}}, {{t|yue|北美洲}} *: ฮกเกี้ยน: {{t+|nan-hbl|北美|tr=Pak-bí}}, {{t+|nan-hbl|北美洲|tr=Pak-bí-chiu}} *: จีนกลาง: {{t+|cmn|北美}}, {{t+|cmn|北美洲}}, {{t|cmn|北亞美利加}} * ชูวัช: {{t|cv|Ҫурҫӗр Америка}} * เช็ก: {{t+|cs|Severní Amerika|f}} * เชเชน: {{t|ce|Къилбаседа Америка}} * เชโรกี: {{t|chr|ᏧᏴᏢ ᎠᎹᏰᏟ}} * ซอร์เบีย: *: ซอร์เบียตอนล่าง: {{t|dsb|Pódpołnocna Amerika|f}} *: ซอร์เบียตอนบน: {{t|hsb|Sewjerna Amerika|f}} * ซาคา: {{t|sah|Хоту Америка}} * ซูทู: {{t|st|Amerika Leboya}} * เซอร์แคสเซีย: *: อะดีเกยา: {{t|ady|Ишъхъэрэ Америкэ}} * เซอร์โบ-โครเอเชีย: *: อักษรซีริลลิก: {{t|sh|Се̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика|f}}, {{t|sh|Сје̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика|f}} *: อักษรละติน: {{t|sh|Sȅvērnā Amèrika|f}}, {{t+|sh|Sjȅvērnā Amèrika|f}} * ไซลีเซีย: {{t|szl|Půłnocno Amerika|f}} * ญี่ปุ่น: {{t+|ja|北アメリカ|tr=Kita Amerika}}, {{t+|ja|北米|tr=ほくべい, Hokubei}} * ดัตช์: {{t+|nl|Noord-Amerika|n}} * เดนมาร์ก: {{t+|da|Nordamerika|n}} * ตากาล็อก: {{t+|tl|Hilagang Amerika}} * ตาตาร์: {{t|tt|Төньяк Америка}} * ตาตาร์แบบไครเมีย: {{t|crh|Şimaliy Amerika}} * ตุรกี: {{t+|tr|Kuzey Amerika}} * เตลูกู: {{t+|te|ఉత్తర అమెరికా}} * เติร์กเมน: {{t|tk|Demirgazyk Amerika}} * ทมิฬ: {{t+|ta|வட அமெரிக்கா}} * ทาจิก: {{t+|tg|Амрикои Шимолӣ}} * ทือกรึญญา: {{t|ti|ሰሜን ኣሜሪካ}} * นอร์มัน: {{t|nrf|Améthique du Nord|f}} {{qualifier|เจอร์ซีย์}} * นอร์เวย์: *: นอร์เวย์แบบบุ๊กมอล: {{t+|nb|Nord-Amerika|n}} *: นอร์เวย์แบบนือนอสก์: {{t+|nn|Nord-Amerika|n}} * นาวาโฮ: {{t|nv|Náhookǫsjí Kéyah dah siʼánígíí}} * เนปาล: {{t|ne|उत्तर अमेरिका}} * บัลแกเรีย: {{t|bg|Се́верна Аме́рика|f}} * บูร์ยัต: {{t|bua|Хойто Америкэ}} * เบงกอล: {{t+|bn|উত্তর আমেরিকা}} * เบลารุส: {{t|be|Паўно́чная Аме́рыка|f}} * แบชเคียร์: {{t|ba|Төньяҡ Америка}} * ปัญจาบ: *: อักษรคุรมุขี: {{t|pa|ਉੱਤਰੀ ਅਮਰੀਕਾ|m}} * ปาทาน: {{t|ps|شمالی امریکا|f|tr=šamāli amrikā}} * เปอร์เซีย: *: ดารี: {{t|prs|اَمْرِیکَایِ شُمَالِی}} *: เปอร์เซียแบบอิหร่าน: {{t|fa-ira|آمْریکایِ شُمالی}} * โปรตุเกส: {{t+|pt|América do Norte|f}} * โปแลนด์: {{t+|pl|Ameryka Północna|f}} * ฝรั่งเศส: {{t+|fr|Amérique du Nord|f}} * พม่า: {{t|my|မြောက်အမေရိက}} * ฟรีเชีย: *: ฟรีเชียตะวันตก: {{t|fy|Noard-Amearika|n}}, {{t|fy|Noard-Amerika|n}} * ฟินแลนด์: {{t+|fi|Pohjois-Amerikka}} * แฟโร: {{t|fo|Norðuramerika|f|n}} * มราฐี: {{t|mr|उत्तर अमेरीका}} * มลยาฬัม: {{t|ml|വടക്കേ അമേരിക്ക}} * มองโกเลีย: *: อักษรซีริลลิก: {{t|mn|Хойд Америк}} *: อักษรมองโกเลีย: {{t|mn|ᠬᠣᠶᠢᠳᠤ ᠠᠮᠡᠷᠢᠻᠠ}} * มอลตา: {{t|mt|Amerika ta' Fuq|f|alt=L-Amerika ta' Fuq}} {{qualifier|ชี้เฉพาะ}} * มาซิโดเนีย: {{t|mk|Северна Америка|f}} * มาเลเซีย: {{t+|ms|Amerika Utara}} * ยิดดิช: {{t|yi|צפֿון אַמעריקע|f|tr=tsofn amerike}} * ยูเครน: {{t+|uk|Півні́чна Аме́рика|f}} * เยอรมัน: {{t+|de|Nordamerika|n}} * รัสเซีย: {{t+|ru|Се́верная Аме́рика|f}} * รูซินแบบคาร์พาเทีย: {{t|rue|Се́верна Аме́рика|f}} * รูซินแบบพันโนเนีย: {{t|rsk|Сиверна Америка|f}} * โรมาเนีย: {{t+|ro|America de Nord|f}} * ละติน: {{t+|la|Amerī̆ca Septentriōnālis|f}} {{qualifier|ละตินใหม่}} * ลัตเวีย: {{t+|lv|Ziemeļamerika|f}} * ลาโคตา: {{t|lkt|Khéya Wíta}} * ลาว: {{t+|lo|ອາເມລິກາເໜືອ}} * ลิทัวเนีย: {{t+|lt|Šiaurės Amerika|f}} * เวลส์: {{t+|cy|Gogledd America}} * เวียดนาม: {{t+|vi|Bắc Mỹ}} {{t|vi|北美}}) * โวลาปุก: {{t+|vo|Nolüda-Merop}} * สเปน: {{t+|es|América del Norte|f}}, {{t+|es|Norteamérica}} * สลาวอนิกคริสตจักรเก่า: *: อักษรซีริลลิก: {{t|cu|Сѣвєрьна Амєрїка|f}} {{qualifier|สมัยใหม่}} * สโลวัก: {{t+|sk|Severná Amerika|f}} * สโลวีเนีย: {{t|sl|Severna Amerika|f}} * สวาฮีลี: {{t|sw|Amerika ya Kaskazini}} * สวีเดน: {{t+|sv|Nordamerika|n}} * สันสกฤต: {{t|sa|उत्तरीयामरेखिका}} * สิงหล: {{t+|si|උතුරු ඇමෙරිකාව}} * หริยาณวี: {{t|bgc|ओ॔टऱ्यामरेख्या}} * ออสซีเซีย: {{t|os|Цӕгат Америкӕ}} * อังกฤษ: {{t+|en|North America}} * อับคาเซีย: {{t|ab|Аҩадатәи Америка}} * อัมฮารา: {{t|am|ስሜን አሜሪካ}} * อัสสัม: {{t|as|উত্তৰ আমেৰিকা}} * อาเซอร์ไบจาน: {{t+|az|Şimali Amerika}} * อาฟรีกานส์: {{t|af|Noord-Amerika}} * อาร์มีเนีย: {{t|hy|Հյուսիսային Ամերիկա}} * อารามายา: *: อารามายาใหม่แบบอัสซีเรีย: {{t|aii|ܓܲܪܒܹܐ ܐܵܡܹܝܪܝܼܟܵܐ|f}} * อาหรับ: {{t+|ar|أَمْرِيكَا الشَّمَالِيَّة|f}} {{q|ชี้เฉพาะ}} * อิตาลี: {{t+|it|America del Nord|f}} * อินโดนีเซีย: {{t+|id|Amerika Utara}} * อีโด: {{t+|io|Nord-Amerika}} * อุซเบก: {{t+|uz|Shimoliy Amerika}} * อุตซิตา: {{t+|oc|America del Nòrd|f}} * อุยกูร์: {{t|ug|شىمالىي ئامېرىكا}} * อูรดู: {{t|ur|شُمالِی اَمْرِیکَہ|m}} * เอสโตเนีย: {{t+|et|Põhja-Ameerika}} * เอสเปรันโต: {{t+|eo|Nordameriko}} * แอลเบเนีย: {{t|sq|Amerikë Veriore|f}}, {{t|sq|Amerika Veriore|f}} {{q|ชี้เฉพาะ}} * โอจิบวา: *: โอจิบวาตะวันตกเฉียงเหนือ: {{t|ojb|Mikinaako-minis|in}} * โอจิบเว: {{t|oj|Mikinaako-minis|in}} * โอริยา: {{t|or|ଉତ୍ତର ଆମେରିକା}} * ไอซ์แลนด์: {{t+|is|Norður-Ameríka|f}} * ไอริช: {{t|ga|Meiriceá Thuaidh|m}} * ฮังการี: {{t+|hu|Észak-Amerika}} * ฮาวาย: {{t|haw|ʻAmelika ʻĀkau}} * ฮินดี: {{t+|hi|उत्तर अमेरिका|m}}, {{t|hi|उत्तर अमरीका|m}} * ฮีบรู: {{t+|he|אָמֶרִיקָה הַצְּפוֹנִית|f|tr=amérika ha-ts'fonít}} {{q|ชี้เฉพาะ}}, {{t|he|צְפוֹן אָמֶרִיקָה|f|tr=ts'fon amérika}} {{trans-bottom}} a5trh090jndn6sqpljs59r0oov3fqya 5724314 5724313 2026-06-08T07:56:09Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724314 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == {{wp|th:}} [[ไฟล์:Location North America.svg|thumb|อเมริกาเหนือ]] === รากศัพท์ === {{calque|th|en|North America}}; {{surf|th|อเมริกา|เหนือ}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อะ-เม-ริ-กา-เหฺนือ}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{senseid|th|Q49}}{{place|th|<<ทวีป>>ที่ประกอบเป็นส่วนเหนือของ[[อเมริกาส์]] (อเมริกาเหนือและใต้); ซึ่งอยู่ทางตะวันออกของ[[มหาสมุทรแปซิฟิก]] ทางตะวันตกของ[[มหาสมุทรแอตแลนติก]] ทางเหนือของ[[อเมริกาใต้]] และทางใต้ของ[[มหาสมุทรอาร์กติก]]|tcl=<<ทวีป>>ที่ประกอบเป็นส่วนเหนือของ[[อเมริกาส์]] (อเมริกาเหนือและใต้)}} ==== คำแปลภาษาอื่น ==== {{trans-top|id=Q49|ทวีป}} * กรีก: {{t+|el|Βόρεια Αμερική|f}} * กันนฑะ: {{t+|kn|ಉತ್ತರ ಅಮೇರಿಕ}} * กาตาลา: {{t+|ca|Amèrica del Nord|f}} * กาลิเซีย: {{t+|gl|América do Norte}} * เกาหลี: {{t|ko|^북미(北美)}}, {{t+|ko|^북아메리카}} * แกลิกแบบสกอตแลนด์: {{t|gd|Aimeireaga-a-Tuath|f}} * เขมร: {{t|km|អាមេរិកខាងជើង}} * ครีโอลเฮติ: {{t|ht|Amerik dinò}} * คอร์ซิกา: {{t|co|America di u Nordu|f}}, {{t|co|America settentriunale|f}} * คาชุบ: {{t|csb|Nordowô Amerika|f}} * คาซัค: {{t+|kk|Солтүстік Америка}} * คีร์กีซ: {{t+|ky|Түндүк Америка}} * คุชราต: {{t|gu|ઉત્તર અમેરિકા}} * เคิร์ด: *: เคิร์ดเหนือ: {{t+|kmr|Amerîkaya Bakur}} * จอร์เจีย: {{t|ka|ჩრდილოეთი ამერიკა}}, {{t|ka|ჩრდილო ამერიკა}} * จีน: *: กวางตุ้ง: {{t|yue|北美}}, {{t|yue|北美洲}} *: ฮกเกี้ยน: {{t+|nan-hbl|北美|tr=Pak-bí}}, {{t+|nan-hbl|北美洲|tr=Pak-bí-chiu}} *: จีนกลาง: {{t+|cmn|北美}}, {{t+|cmn|北美洲}}, {{t|cmn|北亞美利加}} * ชูวัช: {{t|cv|Ҫурҫӗр Америка}} * เช็ก: {{t+|cs|Severní Amerika|f}} * เชเชน: {{t|ce|Къилбаседа Америка}} * เชโรกี: {{t|chr|ᏧᏴᏢ ᎠᎹᏰᏟ}} * ซอร์เบีย: *: ซอร์เบียตอนล่าง: {{t|dsb|Pódpołnocna Amerika|f}} *: ซอร์เบียตอนบน: {{t|hsb|Sewjerna Amerika|f}} * ซาคา: {{t|sah|Хоту Америка}} * ซูทู: {{t|st|Amerika Leboya}} * เซอร์แคสเซีย: *: อะดีเกยา: {{t|ady|Ишъхъэрэ Америкэ}} * เซอร์โบ-โครเอเชีย: *: อักษรซีริลลิก: {{t|sh|Се̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика|f}}, {{t|sh|Сје̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика|f}} *: อักษรละติน: {{t|sh|Sȅvērnā Amèrika|f}}, {{t+|sh|Sjȅvērnā Amèrika|f}} * ไซลีเซีย: {{t|szl|Půłnocno Amerika|f}} * ญี่ปุ่น: {{t+|ja|北アメリカ|tr=Kita Amerika}}, {{t+|ja|北米|tr=ほくべい, Hokubei}} * ดัตช์: {{t+|nl|Noord-Amerika|n}} * เดนมาร์ก: {{t+|da|Nordamerika|n}} * ตากาล็อก: {{t+|tl|Hilagang Amerika}} * ตาตาร์: {{t|tt|Төньяк Америка}} * ตาตาร์แบบไครเมีย: {{t|crh|Şimaliy Amerika}} * ตุรกี: {{t+|tr|Kuzey Amerika}} * เตลูกู: {{t+|te|ఉత్తర అమెరికా}} * เติร์กเมน: {{t|tk|Demirgazyk Amerika}} * ทมิฬ: {{t+|ta|வட அமெரிக்கா}} * ทาจิก: {{t+|tg|Амрикои Шимолӣ}} * ทือกรึญญา: {{t|ti|ሰሜን ኣሜሪካ}} * นอร์มัน: {{t|nrf|Améthique du Nord|f}} {{qualifier|เจอร์ซีย์}} * นอร์เวย์: *: นอร์เวย์แบบบุ๊กมอล: {{t+|nb|Nord-Amerika|n}} *: นอร์เวย์แบบนือนอสก์: {{t+|nn|Nord-Amerika|n}} * นาวาโฮ: {{t|nv|Náhookǫsjí Kéyah dah siʼánígíí}} * เนปาล: {{t|ne|उत्तर अमेरिका}} * บัลแกเรีย: {{t|bg|Се́верна Аме́рика|f}} * บูร์ยัต: {{t|bua|Хойто Америкэ}} * เบงกอล: {{t+|bn|উত্তর আমেরিকা}} * เบลารุส: {{t|be|Паўно́чная Аме́рыка|f}} * แบชเคียร์: {{t|ba|Төньяҡ Америка}} * ปัญจาบ: *: อักษรคุรมุขี: {{t|pa|ਉੱਤਰੀ ਅਮਰੀਕਾ|m}} * ปาทาน: {{t|ps|شمالی امریکا|f|tr=šamāli amrikā}} * เปอร์เซีย: *: ดารี: {{t|prs|اَمْرِیکَایِ شُمَالِی}} *: เปอร์เซียแบบอิหร่าน: {{t|fa-ira|آمْریکایِ شُمالی}} * โปรตุเกส: {{t+|pt|América do Norte|f}} * โปแลนด์: {{t+|pl|Ameryka Północna|f}} * ฝรั่งเศส: {{t+|fr|Amérique du Nord|f}} * พม่า: {{t|my|မြောက်အမေရိက}} * ฟรีเชีย: *: ฟรีเชียตะวันตก: {{t|fy|Noard-Amearika|n}}, {{t|fy|Noard-Amerika|n}} * ฟินแลนด์: {{t+|fi|Pohjois-Amerikka}} * แฟโร: {{t|fo|Norðuramerika|f|n}} * มราฐี: {{t|mr|उत्तर अमेरीका}} * มลยาฬัม: {{t|ml|വടക്കേ അമേരിക്ക}} * มองโกเลีย: *: อักษรซีริลลิก: {{t|mn|Хойд Америк}} *: อักษรมองโกเลีย: {{t|mn|ᠬᠣᠶᠢᠳᠤ ᠠᠮᠡᠷᠢᠻᠠ}} * มอลตา: {{t|mt|Amerika ta' Fuq|f|alt=L-Amerika ta' Fuq}} {{qualifier|ชี้เฉพาะ}} * มาซิโดเนีย: {{t|mk|Северна Америка|f}} * มาเลเซีย: {{t+|ms|Amerika Utara}} * ยิดดิช: {{t|yi|צפֿון אַמעריקע|f|tr=tsofn amerike}} * ยูเครน: {{t+|uk|Півні́чна Аме́рика|f}} * เยอรมัน: {{t+|de|Nordamerika|n}} * รัสเซีย: {{t+|ru|Се́верная Аме́рика|f}} * รูซินแบบคาร์พาเทีย: {{t|rue|Се́верна Аме́рика|f}} * รูซินแบบพันโนเนีย: {{t|rsk|Сиверна Америка|f}} * โรมาเนีย: {{t+|ro|America de Nord|f}} * ละติน: {{t+|la|Amerī̆ca Septentriōnālis|f}} {{qualifier|ละตินใหม่}} * ลัตเวีย: {{t+|lv|Ziemeļamerika|f}} * ลาโคตา: {{t|lkt|Khéya Wíta}} * ลาว: {{t+|lo|ອາເມລິກາເໜືອ}} * ลิทัวเนีย: {{t+|lt|Šiaurės Amerika|f}} * เวลส์: {{t+|cy|Gogledd America}} * เวียดนาม: {{t+|vi|Bắc Mỹ}} {{t|vi|北美}}) * โวลาปุก: {{t+|vo|Nolüda-Merop}} * สเปน: {{t+|es|América del Norte|f}}, {{t+|es|Norteamérica}} * สลาวอนิกคริสตจักรเก่า: *: อักษรซีริลลิก: {{t|cu|Сѣвєрьна Амєрїка|f}} {{qualifier|สมัยใหม่}} * สโลวัก: {{t+|sk|Severná Amerika|f}} * สโลวีเนีย: {{t|sl|Severna Amerika|f}} * สวาฮีลี: {{t|sw|Amerika ya Kaskazini}} * สวีเดน: {{t+|sv|Nordamerika|n}} * สันสกฤต: {{t|sa|उत्तरीयामरेखिका}} * สิงหล: {{t+|si|උතුරු ඇමෙරිකාව}} * หริยาณวี: {{t|bgc|ओ॔टऱ्यामरेख्या}} * ออสซีเซีย: {{t|os|Цӕгат Америкӕ}} * อังกฤษ: {{t+|en|North America}} * อับคาเซีย: {{t|ab|Аҩадатәи Америка}} * อัมฮารา: {{t|am|ስሜን አሜሪካ}} * อัสสัม: {{t|as|উত্তৰ আমেৰিকা}} * อาเซอร์ไบจาน: {{t+|az|Şimali Amerika}} * อาฟรีกานส์: {{t|af|Noord-Amerika}} * อาร์มีเนีย: {{t|hy|Հյուսիսային Ամերիկա}} * อารามายา: *: อารามายาใหม่แบบอัสซีเรีย: {{t|aii|ܓܲܪܒܹܐ ܐܵܡܹܝܪܝܼܟܵܐ|f}} * อาหรับ: {{t+|ar|أَمْرِيكَا الشَّمَالِيَّة|f}} {{q|ชี้เฉพาะ}} * อิตาลี: {{t+|it|America del Nord|f}} * อินโดนีเซีย: {{t+|id|Amerika Utara}} * อีโด: {{t+|io|Nord-Amerika}} * อุซเบก: {{t+|uz|Shimoliy Amerika}} * อุตซิตา: {{t+|oc|America del Nòrd|f}} * อุยกูร์: {{t|ug|شىمالىي ئامېرىكا}} * อูรดู: {{t|ur|شُمالِی اَمْرِیکَہ|m}} * เอสโตเนีย: {{t+|et|Põhja-Ameerika}} * เอสเปรันโต: {{t+|eo|Nordameriko}} * แอลเบเนีย: {{t|sq|Amerikë Veriore|f}}, {{t|sq|Amerika Veriore|f}} {{q|ชี้เฉพาะ}} * โอจิบวา: *: โอจิบวาตะวันตกเฉียงเหนือ: {{t|ojb|Mikinaako-minis|in}} * โอจิบเว: {{t|oj|Mikinaako-minis|in}} * โอริยา: {{t|or|ଉତ୍ତର ଆମେରିକା}} * ไอซ์แลนด์: {{t+|is|Norður-Ameríka|f}} * ไอริช: {{t|ga|Meiriceá Thuaidh|m}} * ฮังการี: {{t+|hu|Észak-Amerika}} * ฮาวาย: {{t|haw|ʻAmelika ʻĀkau}} * ฮินดี: {{t+|hi|उत्तर अमेरिका|m}}, {{t|hi|उत्तर अमरीका|m}} * ฮีบรู: {{t+|he|אָמֶרִיקָה הַצְּפוֹנִית|f|tr=amérika ha-ts'fonít}} {{q|ชี้เฉพาะ}}, {{t|he|צְפוֹן אָמֶרִיקָה|f|tr=ts'fon amérika}} {{trans-bottom}} 3odr66nvtp9hnt7gdnxt3rn7v63npdi 0 2331422 5724416 5723298 2026-06-08T09:37:09Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำกริยา */ 5724416 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลัตเวีย == {{wp|lv:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{lv-proper noun|f|4th}} # {{tcl|lv|ลาว|id=Q819}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{lv-decl-noun|Laos|a|4th|no-pl||||proper}} == ภาษาฮาวาย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|haw|en|Laos}} === การออกเสียง === * {{haw-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|haw|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|haw|ลาว|id=Q819}} # [[ชาวลาว]] === คำกริยา === {{head|haw|คำกริยา}} # {{lb|haw|stative}} เป็นลาว/ชาวลาว #: {{uxi|haw|ʻōlelo '''Laosa'''|'''Lao''' language}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:haw:Pukui:1986}} hq5obcr8acfg3t0t1wsqbmvtfps8fst 0 2331586 5724297 5724287 2026-06-08T03:08:24Z OctraBot 3198 5724297 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|ไตรเวท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เพด}} === คำนาม === {{th-noun}} # ชื่อ[[คัมภีร์]][[ศาสนา]][[พราหมณ์]]ในสมัย[[พระเวท]] มี ๓ คัมภีร์ คือ [[ฤคเวท]] [[ยชุรเวท]] [[สามเวท]] br1g5bbz94wfb1vce9nakh3bmevlw0m 5724298 5724297 2026-06-08T03:08:34Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำนาม */ 5724298 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|ไตรเวท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เพด}} === คำนาม === {{th-noun}} # ชื่อ[[คัมภีร์]][[ศาสนา]][[พราหมณ์]]ในสมัย[[พระเวท]] มี 3 คัมภีร์ คือ [[ฤคเวท]] [[ยชุรเวท]] [[สามเวท]] dd3wjpj1ilf5grcwkgajqszwjuaa7i6 5724299 5724298 2026-06-08T03:10:54Z OctraBot 3198 /* ภาษาไทย */ 5724299 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|ไตรเวท}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|त्रिवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เพด}} === คำนาม === {{th-noun}} # ชื่อ[[คัมภีร์]][[ศาสนา]][[พราหมณ์]]ในสมัย[[พระเวท]] มี 3 คัมภีร์ คือ [[ฤคเวท]] [[ยชุรเวท]] [[สามเวท]] 1on1ituprpij9bueoackekxd3zao4nw 5724302 5724299 2026-06-08T03:15:51Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำนาม */ 5724302 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|ไตรเวท}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|त्रिवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เพด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # ชื่อ[[คัมภีร์]][[ศาสนา]][[พราหมณ์]]ในสมัย[[พระเวท]] มี 3 คัมภีร์ คือ [[ฤคเวท]] [[ยชุรเวท]] [[สามเวท]] mp53m2wj1bkopbsf0bsxozixhmupzk9 5724305 5724302 2026-06-08T03:21:42Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724305 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|th|ไตรเวท}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|त्रिवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เพด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} ชื่อ[[คัมภีร์]][[ศาสนา]][[พราหมณ์]]ในสมัย[[พระเวท]] มี 3 คัมภีร์ คือ [[ฤคเวท]] [[ยชุรเวท]] [[สามเวท]] dj8l33kehkl433i8gcwnhsjrqfnqvnl 0 2331587 5724300 5724290 2026-06-08T03:15:28Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำนาม */ 5724300 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|pi|อิรุพฺเพท||คัมภีร์ฤคเวท}}; เทียบ{{cog|sa|ऋग्वेद}}, ซึ่งยืมมาเป็น{{cog|th|ฤคเวท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อิ-รุบ-เพด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{synonym of|th|ฤคเวท}} 2l5o5o2rl20z6hvc02jbu7qim1chuzi 5724306 5724300 2026-06-08T03:21:58Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724306 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|pi|อิรุพฺเพท||คัมภีร์ฤคเวท}}; เทียบ{{cog|sa|ऋग्वेद}}, ซึ่งยืมมาเป็น{{cog|th|ฤคเวท}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|อิ-รุบ-เพด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} {{synonym of|th|ฤคเวท}} 87q5qlln57mz4ntv5ps8k2bv8pd7378 3 2331588 5724292 2026-06-07T15:44:53Z New user message 2698 เพิ่ม[[Template:Welcome|สารต้อนรับ]]ในหน้าคุยของผู้ใช้ใหม่ 5724292 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Template:Welcome|realName=|name=ບູນຍະສິນລາວຕົ່ງ}} -- [[ผู้ใช้:New user message|New user message]] ([[คุยกับผู้ใช้:New user message|คุย]]) 22:44, 7 มิถุนายน 2569 (+07) pfrp9gh7sg51zruzt9gtae1uf04tukm 3 2331589 5724295 2026-06-07T18:16:18Z Ladsgroup 3374 Ladsgroup ย้ายหน้า [[คุยกับผู้ใช้:Fueyo221]] ไปยัง [[คุยกับผู้ใช้:Hindsight10]]: ย้ายหน้าอัตโนมัติขณะเปลี่ยนชื่อผู้ใช้ "[[Special:CentralAuth/Fueyo221|Fueyo221]]" เป็น "[[Special:CentralAuth/Hindsight10|Hindsight10]]" 5724295 wikitext text/x-wiki #เปลี่ยนทาง [[คุยกับผู้ใช้:Hindsight10]] delvu4smb4lx1klw94ywe8m1eztu3gw 3 2331590 5724296 2026-06-07T21:51:45Z New user message 2698 เพิ่ม[[Template:Welcome|สารต้อนรับ]]ในหน้าคุยของผู้ใช้ใหม่ 5724296 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Template:Welcome|realName=|name=ภูวดล เลิศศักดิ์ศรีสกุล}} -- [[ผู้ใช้:New user message|New user message]] ([[คุยกับผู้ใช้:New user message|คุย]]) 04:51, 8 มิถุนายน 2569 (+07) o65zrhg7tyj8s0vgto6eebb8jjekhl5 0 2331591 5724307 2026-06-08T03:26:45Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหน้าด้วย "== ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|यजुर्वेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ยะ-ชุ-ระ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 2 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[กล่าว]][[ถึง]][[พิธี]][[บูชา]]ส..." 5724307 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|यजुर्वेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ยะ-ชุ-ระ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 2 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[กล่าว]][[ถึง]][[พิธี]][[บูชา]][[สำคัญ]][[หลาย]]พิธี [[เช่น]] พิธี[[ราชสูยะ]] พิธี[[อัศวเมธ]] [[รายละเอียด]][[ใน]][[การประกอบ]]พิธี[[และ]][[เรื่อง]][[เล่า]][[แต่ง]][[เป็น]][[ร้อยแก้ว]] [[ส่วน]][[บท]][[สวด]][[เป็น]][[ฉันท์]][[นำ]][[มา]][[จาก]][[ฤคเวท]] hoywopf94bmdz1rfam9zdz61d8c63h7 5724308 5724307 2026-06-08T03:27:06Z OctraBot 3198 เก็บกวาด 5724308 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|यजुर्वेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ยะ-ชุ-ระ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 2 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[กล่าว]][[ถึง]][[พิธี]][[บูชา]][[สำคัญ]][[หลาย]]พิธี [[เช่น]] พิธี[[ราชสูยะ]] พิธี[[อัศวเมธ]] [[รายละเอียด]][[ใน]][[การประกอบ]]พิธี[[และ]][[เรื่อง]][[เล่า]][[แต่ง]][[เป็น]][[ร้อยแก้ว]] [[ส่วน]][[บท]][[สวด]]เป็น[[ฉันท์]][[นำ]][[มา]][[จาก]][[ฤคเวท]] otn2d06h8rlonrpxe5ksn7kj8r84w4b 0 2331592 5724309 2026-06-08T03:29:19Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหน้าด้วย "== ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|सामवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|สา-มะ-เวด|สาม-มะ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 3 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[ประพันธ์]][[เป็น]]ฉัน..." 5724309 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|सामवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|สา-มะ-เวด|สาม-มะ-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} [[ชื่อ]][[คัมภีร์]][[ที่]] 3 [[ของ]][[พระเวท]] [[ประพันธ์]][[เป็น]][[ฉันท์]] [[ส่วนใหญ่]][[คัด]][[มา]][[จาก]][[ฤคเวท]] [[สำหรับ]][[ขับ]][[ใน]][[พิธี]][[บูชา]][[ด้วย]][[น้ำ]][[โสม]] gyg7wys3bjzpncef6loazggnq5k1no3 0 2331593 5724311 2026-06-08T03:46:32Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหน้าด้วย "== ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|त्रिवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} {{alternative spelling of|th|ไตรเพท}}" 5724311 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไทย == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|th|sa|त्रिवेद}} === การออกเสียง === {{th-pron|ไตฺร-เวด}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{th-proper noun}} # {{lb|th|พราหมณ์}} {{alternative spelling of|th|ไตรเพท}} qy7qj03t04dsdekjmik16gh7lthacdg 0 2331594 5724312 2026-06-08T07:49:24Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724312 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษากรีก == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{el-noun-proper|f|head=[[βόρειος|Βόρεια]] [[Αμερική]]}} # {{tcl|el|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{el-inflection-see|βόρειος|Αμερική}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|el|βορειοαμερικανικός|gloss=North American}} ==== อ่านเพิ่ม ==== * {{pedia|lang=el}} 3gjufz1rpi02gooqkc8aqwyrt86xee7 0 2331595 5724315 2026-06-08T07:56:46Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724315 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษากาตาลา == === การออกเสียง === * {{ca-IPA|[òr]}} * {{audio|ca|LL-Q7026 (cat)-Unjoanqualsevol-Amèrica del Nord.wav|a=Catalonia}} * {{audio|ca|LL-Q7026 (cat)-Marvives-Amèrica del Nord.wav|a=Barcelona}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ca-prop|f|head=[[Amèrica]] [[del]] [[nord|Nord]]}} # {{tcl|ca|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|ca|Nord-amèrica}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{list:continents/ca}} 005ssmi4zx05ingv7wtpr0coohsr153 0 2331596 5724316 2026-06-08T07:57:06Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724316 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษากาลิเซีย == {{wp|gl:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{gl-proper noun|f|head=[[América]] [[do]] [[norte|Norte]]}} # {{tcl|gl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|gl|América do Sur}} * {{l|gl|norteamericano}} == ภาษาโปรตุเกส == {{wp|pt:}} [[ไฟล์:North America satellite globe.jpg|thumb|América do Norte]] === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{pt-proper noun|f|head=América do norte|Norte}} # {{tcl|pt|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|pt|norte-americano}} hnntdg2a3k3il040o2hpjosd7fctk1j 5724319 5724316 2026-06-08T07:58:49Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724319 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษากาลิเซีย == {{wp|gl:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{gl-proper noun|f|head=[[América]] [[do]] [[norte|Norte]]}} # {{tcl|gl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|gl|América do Sur}} * {{l|gl|norteamericano}} == ภาษาโปรตุเกส == {{wp|pt:}} [[ไฟล์:North America satellite globe.jpg|thumb|América do Norte]] === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{pt-proper noun|f|head=[[América]] [[do]] [[norte|Norte]]}} # {{tcl|pt|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|pt|norte-americano}} 58jxki7fe9kpqbepp2oex03lw9xgzkb 0 2331597 5724317 2026-06-08T07:57:20Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724317 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเกาหลี == === รากศัพท์ === {{ko-etym-sino|北美|[[อเมริกาเหนือ]]}} === การออกเสียง === {{ko-IPA|cap=y}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ko-proper noun|hanja=北美}} # {{tcl|ko|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำพ้องความ ==== * {{ko-l|북아메리카}} rink5ym7ger60k12ji2s2csiaff1w0o 0 2331598 5724318 2026-06-08T07:57:42Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724318 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเกาหลี == {{wp|ko:}} === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{compound|ko|북(北)|t1=เหนือ|^아메리카|t2=อเมริกา}} === การออกเสียง === {{ko-IPA|cap=y}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ko-proper noun|hanja=[[北]]아메리카}} # {{tcl|ko|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำพ้องความ ==== * {{l|ko|^북미(北美)|t=อเมริกาเหนือ}} ==== คำตรงข้าม ==== * {{l|ko|^남(南)아메리카|t=อเมริกาใต้}} mf7ky1pzs5qlr3ggmcfj9uwgixkowqx 0 2331599 5724320 2026-06-08T07:59:35Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724320 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาแกลิกแบบสกอตแลนด์ == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|gd|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[Aimeireaga]]-a-{{l|gd|tuath|Tuath|id=north}}|g=f}} # {{tcl|gd|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} mjfhytaquymeoly0jtwbuqixog26wd6 0 2331600 5724321 2026-06-08T07:59:42Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724321 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเขมร == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{com|km|អាមេរិក|ខាង|ជើង}} === การออกเสียง === {{km-IPA|អាមេរិក ខាង ជើង}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{km-proper noun}} # {{tcl|km|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} loqyjyl6o2q10j5s9zcfbkztj3ug0t6 0 2331601 5724322 2026-06-08T08:00:04Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724322 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาครีโอลเฮติ == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{der|ht|fr|Amérique du Nord||อเมริกาเหนือ}} === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|ht|/a.me.ɣik.di.nɔ/}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|ht|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|ht|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|ht|Amerik}} * {{l|ht|Amerik disid}} * {{l|ht|nò ameriken}} clkc2me1jwnv9oibim63eqjd4lj6xgp 0 2331602 5724323 2026-06-08T08:00:30Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724323 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาคาชุบ == === รากศัพท์ === {{lit|North America}} === การออกเสียง === {{csb-pr}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{csb-proper noun|head=[[nordowi|Nordowô]] [[Amerika]]|f}} # {{tcl|csb|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} pk8uh5slz820s2tvkdwtwrj96xnconi 5724324 5724323 2026-06-08T08:00:39Z OctraBot 3198 /* รากศัพท์ */ 5724324 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาคาชุบ == === รากศัพท์ === {{lit|อเมริกาเหนือ}} === การออกเสียง === {{csb-pr}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{csb-proper noun|head=[[nordowi|Nordowô]] [[Amerika]]|f}} # {{tcl|csb|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} fr2mmezl6uh8lqejxg7162agprcqmwm 0 2331603 5724325 2026-06-08T08:00:48Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724325 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาคาซัค == {{kk-regional|Солтүстік Америка|سولتۇستىك امەريكا}} {{wp|kk:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{kk-prop|head=[[солтүстік|Солтүстік]] [[Америка]]}} # {{tcl|kk|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/kk}} 4a8dmxvw4c3pvmlb3esuegnyrp2xbtz 0 2331604 5724326 2026-06-08T08:00:54Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724326 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาคีร์กีซ == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|ky|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[түндүк|Түндүк]] [[Америка]]}} # {{tcl|ky|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{ky-decl-noun-sg}} 7n073it93g4s3h4ipnm84bj2o0yfkjw 10 2331605 5724327 2026-06-08T08:01:08Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724327 wikitext text/x-wiki # REDIRECT [[แม่แบบ:kk-proper noun]] hc51uq2oq3vhi48dnyb1pyut0jbgmly 5724328 5724327 2026-06-08T08:01:20Z OctraBot 3198 เปลี่ยนทางหน้าไปยัง [[แม่แบบ:kk-proper noun]] 5724328 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[แม่แบบ:kk-proper noun]] qkptmsiazymvdfn6uc58v3wsstnrqtb 14 2331606 5724329 2026-06-08T08:01:27Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหมวดหมู่อัตโนมัติ 5724329 wikitext text/x-wiki {{auto cat}} eomzlm5v4j7ond1phrju7cnue91g5qx 0 2331607 5724330 2026-06-08T08:02:18Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724330 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเคิร์ดเหนือ == === การออกเสียง === * {{kmr-IPA}} === คำนาม === {{kmr-noun|f}} # {{tcl|kmr|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 6lfv94vhq5kos2xvwedphh8w0okc3ni 0 2331608 5724331 2026-06-08T08:02:57Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724331 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาจอร์เจีย == === การออกเสียง === * {{ka-IPA}} * {{ka-hyphen}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ka-proper noun|-}} # {{tcl|ka|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{ka-decl-noun|-}} 2ujpaaioulerzq06tihy9q1brvezwgk 0 2331609 5724332 2026-06-08T08:03:31Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724332 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเกาหลี == {{ko-hanjatab}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ko-proper noun|hj|hangeul=북미}} # {{hanja form of|북미}}: {{tcl|ko|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} == ภาษาจีน == {{zh-forms}} === การออกเสียง === {{zh-pron |m=Běiměi |c=bak1 mei5 |h=pfs=Pet-mî;hrs=h:bed muiˋ |mn=Pak-bí |cat=pn }} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|zh|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|zh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|zh|北美洲|北亞美利加}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== {{col3|zh|北美土撥鼠}} == ภาษาเวียดนาม == {{vi-hantutab}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{vi-proper noun|sc=Hani}} # {{vi-Han form of|Bắc Mĩ}}: {{tcl|vi|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49|nocat=1}} hre8nz16hq0pwbin8t2w46i6p7894rc 0 2331610 5724334 2026-06-08T08:04:44Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724334 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาจีน == {{zh-forms|s=北亚美利加|type=14}} === การออกเสียง === {{zh-pron |m=Běi 亞měilìjiā,cap=y |cat=pn }} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|zh|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{zh-div|洲}} {{tcl|zh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|zh|北美|北美洲}} 85vf4bz3wap68yzljoud3vyap8wt0tj 0 2331611 5724335 2026-06-08T08:05:33Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724335 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเช็ก == === การออกเสียง === * {{cs-IPA}} * {{audio|cs|LL-Q9056 (ces)-Ghost4Man-Severní Amerika.wav}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{cs-proper noun|f|head=[[severní|Severní]] [[Amerika]]|adj=severoamerický}} # {{tcl|cs|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{cs-ndecl|severní|Severní<+> Amerika<f.sg>}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|cs|Amerika}} 9eo8rwu4tx96lc21vk4xis0pf7m6g4l 0 2331612 5724343 2026-06-08T08:29:41Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724343 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเชโรกี == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|chr|ᎠᎹᏰᎵ}} === รากศัพท์ === {{psm|chr|en|America}}, จาก{{affix|chr|ᎠᎹ<t:น้ำ>|ᎠᏰᏟ<t:ศูนย์กลาง>|lit=ศูนย์กลาง[สำหรับ]น้ำ}}<ref>{{R:chr:RGOC|page=473}}</ref> === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|chr|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|chr|อเมริกา|id=Q30}} === อ้างอิง === {{references}} ck7sm1punz5c1w896kzi134pd1yu9jw 10 2331613 5724344 2026-06-08T08:31:40Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt 5724344 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:checkparams|warn}}<!-- Validate template parameters --><references/><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> ne0hfjynqsky70x1ta9tma6n0c2f8gq 10 2331614 5724346 2026-06-08T08:32:50Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหน้าด้วย ".reflist.list-style-lower-alpha ol { list-style: lower-alpha } .reflist.list-style-upper-alpha ol { list-style: upper-alpha } .reflist.list-style-lower-roman ol { list-style: lower-roman } .reflist.list-style-upper-roman ol { list-style: upper-roman } .reflist.list-style-lower-greek ol { list-style: lower-greek } .reflist.list-style-disc ol { list-style: disc } .reflist.list-style-square ol { list-style: square } .reflist.list-style-none ol { list-s..." 5724346 sanitized-css text/css .reflist.list-style-lower-alpha ol { list-style: lower-alpha } .reflist.list-style-upper-alpha ol { list-style: upper-alpha } .reflist.list-style-lower-roman ol { list-style: lower-roman } .reflist.list-style-upper-roman ol { list-style: upper-roman } .reflist.list-style-lower-greek ol { list-style: lower-greek } .reflist.list-style-disc ol { list-style: disc } .reflist.list-style-square ol { list-style: square } .reflist.list-style-none ol { list-style: none } .reflist.nobacklinks .mw-cite-backlink, .reflist.nobacklinks li > a { display: none } .reflist.font-size-xx-small ol { font-size: xx-small } .reflist.font-size-x-small ol { font-size: x-small } .reflist.font-size-smaller ol { font-size: smaller } .reflist.font-size-small ol { font-size: small } .reflist.font-size-medium ol { font-size: medium } .reflist.font-size-large ol { font-size: large } .reflist.font-size-larger ol { font-size: larger } .reflist.font-size-x-large ol { font-size: x-large } .reflist.font-size-xx-large ol { font-size: xx-large } .reflist[data-column-count="2"] .mw-references-wrap { column-count: 2 } .reflist[data-column-count="3"] .mw-references-wrap { column-count: 3 } .reflist[data-column-count="4"] .mw-references-wrap { column-count: 4 } .reflist[data-column-count="5"] .mw-references-wrap { column-count: 5 } 72lwnugkss5n84rbko6lz5cglgeuh43 10 2331615 5724348 2026-06-08T08:33:19Z OctraBot 3198 OctraBot ย้ายหน้า [[แม่แบบ:รายการอ้างอิง]] ไปยัง [[แม่แบบ:reflist]] ทับหน้าเปลี่ยนทาง 5724348 wikitext text/x-wiki #เปลี่ยนทาง [[แม่แบบ:reflist]] r5cljd3k89oz2meeh271v10a36xcj8k 0 2331616 5724349 2026-06-08T08:35:35Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724349 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเซอร์โบ-โครเอเชีย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|sh|Сје̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика||Ijekavian}} === การออกเสียง === * {{sh-IPA|Се̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика}} * {{hyphenation|sh|Се|вер|на|А|ме|ри|ка}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{sh-propn|[[северни|Се̏ве̄рна̄]] [[Амѐрика]]|f}} # {{tcl|sh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} == ภาษาบัลแกเรีย == {{wp|bg:}} === การออกเสียง === * {{bg-pr|Се́верна Аме́рика|a=[KK]}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{bg-proper noun|[[северен|Се́верна]] [[Аме́рика]]|f|adj=северноамерика́нски|dem=северноамерика́нeц|fdem=северноамерика́нка|indecl=1}} # {{tcl|bg|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{cot|bg|Центра́лна Аме́рика|Ю́жна Аме́рика}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== {{col|bg|title=adjective|северноамерика́нски}} {{col|bg|title=nouns|северноамерика́нeц|северноамерика́нка|северноамерика́нче}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{table:continents/bg}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:bg:PONS}} == ภาษามาซิโดเนีย == {{wp|mk:}} === การออกเสียง === * {{mk-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{mk-proper noun|f|head=[[северен|Северна]] [[Америка]]|adj=северноамерикански}} # {{tcl|mk|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|mk|Средна Америка}} * {{l|mk|Јужна Америка}} d8davvdny2vcwt3r2a3rllyoy4do8rs 0 2331617 5724350 2026-06-08T08:36:07Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724350 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเซอร์โบ-โครเอเชีย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|sh|Се̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика||Ekavian}} === การออกเสียง === * {{sh-IPA|Сје̏ве̄рна̄ Амѐрика}} * {{hyphenation|sh|Сје|вер|на|А|ме|ри|ка}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{sh-propn|[[сјеверни|Сје̏ве̄рна̄]] [[Амѐрика]]|f}} # {{tcl|sh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 3k4nph47qske14yf83vhvfc73d7hbcn 0 2331618 5724351 2026-06-08T08:38:06Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724351 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเซอร์โบ-โครเอเชีย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|sh|Sȅvērnā Amèrika||Ekavian}} === การออกเสียง === * {{sh-IPA|Sjȅvērnā Amèrika}} * {{hyphenation|sh|Sje|ver|na|A|me|ri|ka}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{sh-propn|[[sjeverni|Sjȅvērnā]] [[Amèrika]]|f}} # {{tcl|sh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 1q5lc41atjvpqux748itfe2sm6rt2zt 0 2331619 5724352 2026-06-08T08:38:21Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724352 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเซอร์โบ-โครเอเชีย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|sh|Sjȅvērnā Amèrika||Ijekavian}} === การออกเสียง === * {{sh-IPA|Sȅvērnā Amèrika}} * {{hyphenation|sh|Se|ver|na|A|me|ri|ka}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{sh-propn|[[severni|Sȅvērnā]] [[Amèrika]]|f}} # {{tcl|sh|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 5b73uyamb994xp0du79bfk07c4awg6t 0 2331620 5724353 2026-06-08T08:38:47Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724353 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาญี่ปุ่น == {{ja-kanjitab|きた|yomi=k}} {{swp|ja:}} === การออกเสียง === {{ja-pron|きた アメリカ|acc=3}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ja-pos|proper|きた アメリカ}} # {{tcl|ja|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== Coordinate terms ==== {{list:continents/ja/landmasses}} {{list:continents/ja/continents}} 5pmjkvso2lx1m64mhlud1glearhk08t 0 2331621 5724354 2026-06-08T08:38:55Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724354 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาญี่ปุ่น == {{ja-kanjitab|ほく|べい|yomi=on}} === การออกเสียง === {{ja-pron|ほくべい|acc=0|acc_ref=NHK,SMK5}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ja-pos|proper|ほくべい}} # {{tcl|ja|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำตรงข้าม ==== * {{ja-r|南米|^なんべい}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:Shogakukan}} <references/> 05lc2oflijzox1cj4v34qalvbgu43sg 0 2331622 5724356 2026-06-08T08:40:40Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724356 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเดนมาร์ก == {{wp|da:}} === รากศัพท์ === {{compound|da|nord|Amerika}} === การออกเสียง === {{rfp|da}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|da|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|da|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} == ภาษาเยอรมัน == {{wp|de:}} === รากศัพท์ === {{ety|de|:af|Nord|Amerika}} {{compound|de|Nord|Amerika}} === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|de|/ˌnɔrt.aˈmeːrika/|/ˈnɔrt.aˌmeːrika/|[nɔʁt.ʔa.meː.ʁi.ka]|[nɔʁ.ta-]|[nɔɐ̯-]|[nɔː-]|[-ʁɪ-]}} * {{IPA|de|/ˌnɔɑ̯d̥ɑˈmɛɐ̯ʀikɑ/|aa=Austria}} * {{audio|de|De-Nordamerika.ogg|a=<<Germany>> (<<Berlin>>)}} * {{hyph|de|Nord|ame|ri|ka}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{de-proper noun|n}} # {{tcl|de|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== Coordinate terms ==== {{list:continents/de}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|de|nordamerikanisch}} {{cln|de|exonyms}} == ภาษาสวีเดน == {{wp|sv:}} === รากศัพท์ === {{compound|sv|nord|Amerika}} === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|sv|/ˈnuːrdaˌmeːrɪka/}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{sv-proper noun|n}} # {{tcl|sv|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|sv|nordamerikansk}} * {{l|sv|nordamerikan}} * {{l|sv|nordamerikanska}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== * {{l|sv|Centralamerika}} * {{l|sv|Sydamerika}} {{list:continents/sv}} {{list:countries in North America/sv}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:svenska.se|saol}} * [https://web.archive.org/web/20220126211703/https://mesh.kib.ki.se/term/D009656/north-america Svensk MeSH] === คำสลับอักษร === * {{anagrams|sv|a=aadeikmnorr|rikedomarna}} bufp62k1b7hdtwi6rhj73k1ispswuzt 0 2331623 5724357 2026-06-08T08:41:01Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724357 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเยอรมัน == === การออกเสียง === * {{audio|de|De-Nordamerikas.ogg|a=<<Germany>> (<<Berlin>>)}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|de|รูปวิสามานยนาม}} # {{inflection of|de|Nordamerika||gen|s}} == ภาษาสวีเดน == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|sv|รูปวิสามานยนาม}} # {{inflection of|sv|Nordamerika||gen}} === คำสลับอักษร === * {{anagrams|sv|a=aadeikmnorrs|rikedomarnas}} gudnvf64roqoyx53ceuqmhgiwrpb9zf 0 2331624 5724358 2026-06-08T08:41:34Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724358 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตากาล็อก == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{affix|tl|hilaga|-ng|Amerika}}. {{clq|tl|es|América del Norte}}. === การออกเสียง === {{tl-pr|Hilagang Amérika}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{tl-proper noun|[[hilaga|Hilaga]]ng [[Amériká]]|b=+}} # {{tcl|tl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|tl|Amerika del Norte|Norte-Amerika}} ==== Coordinate terms ==== {{list:continents/tl/Latn}} 0ptwolkly9el8bmeiwo3jdn79eoqq2f 5724359 5724358 2026-06-08T08:41:49Z OctraBot 3198 /* ภาษาตากาล็อก */ 5724359 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตากาล็อก == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{affix|tl|hilaga|-ng|Amerika}}; {{clq|tl|es|América del Norte}} === การออกเสียง === {{tl-pr|Hilagang Amérika}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{tl-proper noun|[[hilaga|Hilaga]]ng [[Amériká]]|b=+}} # {{tcl|tl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|tl|Amerika del Norte|Norte-Amerika}} ==== Coordinate terms ==== {{list:continents/tl/Latn}} 8w9r1cekpuh4s0wjmetobmp16lddca3 0 2331625 5724360 2026-06-08T08:43:45Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724360 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตากาล็อก == === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|tl|es|América del Norte}} === การออกเสียง === {{tl-pr|Amérika del Norte}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{tl-proper noun|[[Amériká]] [[del]] [[norte|Norte]]|b=+}} # {{tcl|tl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|tl|Hilagang Amerika|Norte-Amerika}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== {{col|tl|Amerika|Norte-Amerikano|Norte-Amerika|Amerika|norte|Amerika del Sur}} isd0t7jrz5um5una6v8rbsx31g20dmg 0 2331626 5724361 2026-06-08T08:43:57Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724361 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตากาล็อก == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|tl|Norteamerika}} * {{alt|tl|Norte-amerika}} * {{alt|tl|Norte Amerika}} === รากศัพท์ === {{bor+|tl|es|Norteamérica}}; {{surf|tl|norte|Amerika}} === การออกเสียง === {{tl-pr|Norte-Amérika}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{tl-proper noun|[[norte|Norte]]-[[Amériká]]|b=+}} # {{tcl|tl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|tl|Hilagang Amerika|Amerika del Norte}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== {{col|tl|Amerika|Norte-Amerikano|Amerika del Norte|Amerika|norte|Sudamerika|karne norte}} df031hdil83qmos0telovhl80fz8nhq 0 2331627 5724362 2026-06-08T08:45:24Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724362 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาสเปน == {{wp|es:}} === การออกเสียง === {{es-pr}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{es-proper noun|f|head=[[América]] [[del]] [[norte|Norte]]}} # {{tcl|es|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} {{q|โดยปกติไม่รวม[[อเมริกากลาง]]และ[[แคริบเบียน]]}} #: {{syn|es|Norteamérica}} ==== คำสืบทอด ==== * {{desc|tl|bor=1|Amerika del Norte}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/es}} gq6cs01xsrk5f00hhn7j8uv5mn45aed 0 2331628 5724363 2026-06-08T08:51:47Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724363 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตุรกี == === รากศัพท์ === {{com+|tr|kuzey|Amerika|t1=เหนือ|t2=อเมริกา}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{tr-proper noun}} # {{tcl|tr|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{tr-prop-v-aı}} {{tr-poss-prop-v-aı}} ln6a8pbqpjhwoy48ca7qrlmztck2xx2 0 2331629 5724364 2026-06-08T08:53:11Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724364 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเตลูกู == {{wp|te:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{te-proper noun|head=[[ఉత్తర]] [[అమెరికా]]|tr=uttara amerikā}} # {{tcl|te|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/te}} msx8vgrcj6s19ie1mk6fcanwcqq0jle 5724365 5724364 2026-06-08T08:53:25Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724365 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเตลูกู == {{wp|te:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{te-proper noun|head=[[ఉత్తర]] [[అమెరికా]]}} # {{tcl|te|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/te}} 3ns8260wzrqk3tmhztg14x44edgp9tq 0 2331630 5724366 2026-06-08T08:53:35Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724366 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาทมิฬ == {{Wiktionary:Picture dictionary/ta:map/North America}} === การออกเสียง === * {{ta-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ta-proper noun}} # {{tcl|ta|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{ta-decl|num=sg}} === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|ta|அமெரிக்கா}} {{table:continents/ta}} jdugzgxj09kg7z9iu01ka88q0udmh7k 0 2331631 5724367 2026-06-08T08:54:06Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724367 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาทาจิก == {{fa-regional|امریکای شمالی|آمریکای شمالی|Амрикои Шимолӣ}} === การออกเสียง === {{tg-IPA|Амриˈкои Шимолӣ}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{tg-proper noun|head=[[Амрико]][[и]] [[шимолӣ|Шимолӣ]]}} # {{tcl|tg|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} qctof0rf6gzkbacjsk0itjo3c0z6e6z 0 2331632 5724368 2026-06-08T08:54:39Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724368 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษานอร์เวย์แบบนือนอสก์ == {{wp|nn:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|nn|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|nn|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|nn|nordamerikansk}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/nn}} == ภาษานอร์เวย์แบบบุ๊กมอล == {{wp|nb:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|nb|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|nb|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|nb|nordamerikansk}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/nb}} == ภาษาอีโด == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|io|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[nordo|Nord]]-[[Amerika]]}} # {{tcl|io|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{list:continents/io}} tuki4me07wjrh5hex8fcedi52g7q0yr 0 2331633 5724369 2026-06-08T08:55:00Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724369 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษานาวาโฮ == {{Wiktionary:Picture dictionary/nv:map/North America}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|nv|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[náhookǫsjí|Náhookǫsjí]] [[kéyah|Kéyah]] [[dah]] [[siʼą́|siʼánígíí]]}} # {{tcl|nv|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== * {{l|nv|Shádiʼááhjí Kéyah dah siʼánígíí}} 0zok0kmzcr27cc1cgqenx35k0rcn3bb 0 2331634 5724370 2026-06-08T08:55:13Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724370 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮินดี == {{wp|hi:}} [[ไฟล์:Location North America.svg|thumb|'''उत्तर अमेरिका''' महाद्वीप]] === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alter|hi|उत्तर अमरीका}} === การออกเสียง === * {{hi-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{hi-proper noun|m}} # {{tcl|hi|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{hi-ndecl|<M.unmarked.sg>}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|hi|उत्तर अमेरिकी}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{list:continents/hi}} {{list:countries in North America/hi}} == ภาษามราฐี == {{wp|mr:}} [[ไฟล์:Location North America.svg|thumb|'''उत्तर अमेरिका''' खंड]] === การออกเสียง === * {{mr-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{mr-proper noun|g=m}} # {{tcl|mr|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/mr}} rkw98tjkxcc07gaom867hwi7go9xouw 0 2331635 5724371 2026-06-08T08:55:52Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724371 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเบงกอล == {{wp|bn:}} === การออกเสียง === * {{bn-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{bn-proper noun}} # {{tcl|bn|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/bn}} 0rl095ixczxpy6ce1b8xiepkc5c49e0 0 2331636 5724372 2026-06-08T08:56:00Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724372 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเบลารุส == {{wp|be:}} === การออกเสียง === * {{be-IPA|Паўно́чная Аме́рыка}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{be-proper noun|[[паўночны|Паўно́чная]]<+> [[Аме́рыка]]<sg>}} # {{tcl|be|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{be-ndecl|паўночны|Паўно́чная<+> Аме́рыка<sg>}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|be|паўночнаамерыканская блакітная сойка||[[blue jay]]}} * {{l|be|Паўночна-Амерыканская пліта||[[North American Plate]]}} * {{l|be|паўночнаамерыканскі||[[North American]]}} === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|be|Аме́рыка}} * {{l|be|Паўднёвая Аме́рыка}} s7st3pof6cxddf30si88pcx6y99xw67 828 2331637 5724373 2026-06-08T08:56:38Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหน้าด้วย "local export = {} --[=[ Authorship: Ben Wing <benwing2> ]=] --[=[ TERMINOLOGY: -- "slot" = A particular combination of case/gender/number. Example slot names for adjectives are "gen_f" (genitive feminine singular) and "loc_p" (locative plural). Each slot is filled with zero or more forms. -- "form" = The declined Belarusian form representing the value of a given slot. -- "lemma" = The dictionary form of a given Belarusian term. Generall..." 5724373 Scribunto text/plain local export = {} --[=[ Authorship: Ben Wing <benwing2> ]=] --[=[ TERMINOLOGY: -- "slot" = A particular combination of case/gender/number. Example slot names for adjectives are "gen_f" (genitive feminine singular) and "loc_p" (locative plural). Each slot is filled with zero or more forms. -- "form" = The declined Belarusian form representing the value of a given slot. -- "lemma" = The dictionary form of a given Belarusian term. Generally the nominative masculine singular, but may occasionally be another form if the nominative masculine singular is missing. ]=] local lang = require("Module:languages").getByCode("be") local m_links = require("Module:links") local m_table = require("Module:table") local m_string_utilities = require("Module:string utilities") local iut = require("Module:inflection utilities") local m_para = require("Module:parameters") local com = require("Module:be-common") local u = require("Module:string/char") local rsplit = mw.text.split local rfind = mw.ustring.find local rmatch = mw.ustring.match local rgmatch = mw.ustring.gmatch local rsubn = mw.ustring.gsub local ulen = mw.ustring.len local unpack = unpack or table.unpack -- Lua 5.2 compatibility local uupper = mw.ustring.upper local AC = u(0x0301) -- acute = ́ -- version of rsubn() that discards all but the first return value local function rsub(term, foo, bar) local retval = rsubn(term, foo, bar) return retval end -- version of rsubn() that returns a 2nd argument boolean indicating whether -- a substitution was made. local function rsubb(term, foo, bar) local retval, nsubs = rsubn(term, foo, bar) return retval, nsubs > 0 end local function tag_text(text) return m_script_utilities.tag_text(text, lang) end local output_adjective_slots = { -- used with all variants but special == "dva" and special == "plonly" nom_m = "nom|m|s", nom_f = "nom|f|s", nom_n = "nom|n|s", gen_m = "gen|m//n|s", gen_f = "gen|f|s", dat_m = "dat|m//n|s", dat_f = "dat|f|s", acc_m_an = "an|acc|m|s", acc_m_in = "in|acc|m|s", acc_f = "acc|f|s", acc_n = "acc|n|s", ins_m = "ins|m//n|s", ins_f = "ins|f|s", loc_m = "loc|m//n|s", loc_f = "loc|f|s", -- used with all variants but special == "dva" nom_p = "nom|p", gen_p = "gen|p", dat_p = "dat|p", acc_p_an = "an|acc|p", acc_p_in = "in|acc|p", ins_p = "ins|p", loc_p = "loc|p", -- only used with special == "dva" nom_mp = "nom|m//n|p", nom_fp = "nom|f|p", gen_mp = "gen|m//n|p", gen_fp = "gen|f|p", dat_mp = "dat|m//n|p", dat_fp = "dat|f|p", acc_mp_an = "an|acc|m//n|p", acc_mp_in = "in|acc|m//n|p", acc_fp = "acc|f|p", ins_mp = "ins|m//n|p", ins_fp = "ins|f|p", loc_mp = "loc|m//n|p", loc_fp = "loc|f|p", -- short forms short_m = "short|m|s", short_f = "short|f|s", short_n = "short|n|s", short_p = "short|p", } local output_adjective_slots_with_linked = m_table.shallowCopy(output_adjective_slots) output_adjective_slots_with_linked["nom_m_linked"] = "nom|m|s" local output_adjective_slots_surname = { nom_m = "nom|m|s", nom_f = "nom|f|s", nom_p = "nom|p", gen_m = "gen|m|s", gen_f = "gen|f|s", gen_p = "gen|p", dat_m = "dat|m|s", dat_f = "dat|f|s", dat_p = "dat|p", acc_m = "acc|m|s", acc_f = "acc|f|s", acc_p = "acc|p", ins_m = "ins|m|s", ins_f = "ins|f|s", ins_p = "ins|p", loc_m = "loc|m|s", loc_f = "loc|f|s", loc_p = "loc|p", } local output_adjective_slots_surname_with_linked = m_table.shallowCopy(output_adjective_slots_surname) output_adjective_slots_surname_with_linked["nom_m_linked"] = "nom|m|s" local input_adjective_slots = {} for slot, _ in pairs(output_adjective_slots) do if slot == "acc_f" or not rfind(slot, "^acc") then table.insert(input_adjective_slots, slot) end end local function get_output_adjective_slots(base, with_linked) if base.surname then return with_linked and output_adjective_slots_surname_with_linked or output_adjective_slots_surname else return with_linked and output_adjective_slots_with_linked or output_adjective_slots end end local function combine_stem_ending(stem, ending) if stem == "?" then return "?" else return stem .. ending end end local function add(base, slot, stems, endings) if get_output_adjective_slots(base)[slot] then -- Here, just add the stem and ending, in case the stem has unstressed -- ё or э in it. iut.add_forms(base.forms, slot, stems, endings, combine_stem_ending) end end local function add_normal_decl(base, stem, nom_m, nom_f, nom_n, nom_p, gen_m, gen_f, gen_p, dat_m, dat_f, dat_p, acc_f, ins_m, ins_f, ins_p, loc_m, loc_f, loc_p, footnote) stem = iut.combine_form_and_footnotes(stem, footnote) add(base, "nom_m", stem, nom_m) add(base, "nom_f", stem, nom_f) add(base, "nom_n", stem, nom_n) add(base, "nom_p", stem, nom_p) add(base, "gen_m", stem, gen_m) add(base, "gen_f", stem, gen_f) add(base, "gen_p", stem, gen_p) add(base, "dat_m", stem, dat_m) add(base, "dat_f", stem, dat_f) add(base, "dat_p", stem, dat_p) add(base, "acc_f", stem, acc_f) add(base, "ins_m", stem, ins_m) add(base, "ins_f", stem, ins_f) add(base, "ins_p", stem, ins_p) add(base, "loc_m", stem, loc_m) add(base, "loc_f", stem, loc_f) add(base, "loc_p", stem, loc_p) end local function destress_ending(ending) if type(ending) == "string" then return com.make_unstressed(ending) else for i, e in ipairs(ending) do ending[i] = destress_ending(e) end return ending end end local function maybe_destress_endings(suffix, endings) if not com.is_stressed(suffix) then for i, e in ipairs(endings) do endings[i] = destress_ending(e) end end end local function y_to_i(ending) if type(ending) == "string" then return rsub(ending, "ы", "і") else for i, e in ipairs(ending) do ending[i] = y_to_i(e) end return ending end end local function y_to_i_endings(endings) for i, e in ipairs(endings) do endings[i] = y_to_i(e) end end -- See documentation for `use_variant_codes` in do_generate_forms(). local function maybe_tag_ins_s_with_variant(base, ins_s_endings) if base.use_variant_codes then assert(type(ins_s_endings) == "table") assert(#ins_s_endings == 2) local ending1, ending2 = unpack(ins_s_endings) return {ending1 .. com.VAR1, ending2 .. com.VAR2} else return ins_s_endings end end local decls = {} decls["normal"] = function(base) local normal_endings, old_endings local stem, suffix local function add_endings() maybe_destress_endings(suffix, normal_endings) if rfind(stem, com.velar_c .. "$") then y_to_i_endings(normal_endings) end add_normal_decl(base, stem, unpack(normal_endings)) end -- hard in -ы (including velar in -і) stem, suffix = rmatch(base.lemma, "^(.*" .. com.velar_c .. ")(і́?)$") if not stem then stem, suffix = rmatch(base.lemma, "^(.*)(ы́?)$") end if stem then normal_endings = { "ы́", "а́я", "о́е", "ы́я", --nom "о́га", "о́й", "ы́х", --gen "о́му", "о́й", "ы́м", --dat "у́ю", --acc "ы́м", maybe_tag_ins_s_with_variant(base, {"о́й", "о́ю"}), "ы́мі", --ins "ы́м", "о́й", "ы́х", --loc } add_endings() return end -- soft in -і stem, suffix = rmatch(base.lemma, "^(.*)(і́?)$") if stem then normal_endings = { -- This isn't quite right, maybe should be "ё́я" etc.; but -- stressed variants of these endings never occur. "і́", "я́я", "я́е", "і́я", --nom "я́га", "я́й", "і́х", --gen "я́му", "я́й", "і́м", --dat "ю́ю", --acc "і́м", maybe_tag_ins_s_with_variant(base, {"я́й", "я́ю"}), "і́мі", --ins "і́м", "я́й", "і́х", --loc } add_endings() return end error("Unrecognized adjective lemma, should end in '-ы' or '-і': '" .. base.lemma .. "'") end local function get_possessive_stem_suffix_ending_prefix(lemma, adjtype) local stem, suffix, ending_prefix while true do stem, suffix = rmatch(lemma, "^(.*)([аеё]ў)$") if stem then ending_prefix = rsub(suffix, "ў$", "в") break end stem, suffix = rmatch(lemma, "^(.*)([ое]́ў)$") if stem then ending_prefix = rsub(suffix, "ў$", "в") break end stem, suffix = rmatch(lemma, "^(.*)([ыі]́?н)$") if stem then ending_prefix = suffix break end error("Unrecognized " .. adjtype .. " lemma, should end in '-аў', '-о́ў', '-еў', '-ёў', '-ын' or '-ін': '" .. lemma .. "'") end return stem, suffix, ending_prefix end decls["poss"] = function(base) local stem, suffix, ending_prefix = get_possessive_stem_suffix_ending_prefix(base.lemma, "possessive adjective") local endings = { "а", "а", "ы", --nom "ага", "ай", "ых", --gen "аму", "ай", "ым", --dat "у", --acc "ым", maybe_tag_ins_s_with_variant(base, {"ай", "аю"}), "ымі", --ins "ым", "ай", "ых", --loc } -- Do the nominative singular separately from the rest, which may have -- a different stem ending (e.g. -аў vs. -ав). add_normal_decl(base, stem, suffix) add_normal_decl(base, stem .. ending_prefix, nil, unpack(endings)) end decls["surname"] = function(base) local stem, suffix, ending_prefix = get_possessive_stem_suffix_ending_prefix(base.lemma, "possessive surname") local endings = { "а", nil, "ы", --nom "а", "ай", "ых", --gen "у", "ай", "ым", --dat "у", --acc "ым", maybe_tag_ins_s_with_variant(base, {"ай", "аю"}), "ымі", --ins "е", "ай", "ых", --loc } -- Do the nominative singular separately from the rest, which may have -- a different stem ending (e.g. -аў vs. -ав). add_normal_decl(base, stem, suffix) add_normal_decl(base, stem .. ending_prefix, nil, unpack(endings)) end local function parse_indicator_spec(angle_bracket_spec) local inside = rmatch(angle_bracket_spec, "^<(.*)>$") assert(inside) local base = {forms = {}} if inside ~= "" then local parts = rsplit(inside, ".", true) for _, part in ipairs(parts) do if part == "surname" then if base.surname then error("Can't specify 'surname' twice: '" .. inside .. "'") end base.surname = true else error("Unrecognized indicator '" .. part .. "': '" .. inside .. "'") end end end return base end -- Check that multisyllabic lemmas have stress, and add stress to monosyllabic -- lemmas if needed. local function normalize_all_lemmas(alternant_multiword_spec) iut.map_word_specs(alternant_multiword_spec, function(base) base.orig_lemma = base.lemma base.orig_lemma_no_links = com.add_monosyllabic_stress(m_links.remove_links(base.lemma)) base.lemma = base.orig_lemma_no_links if not com.is_stressed(base.lemma) then error("Multisyllabic lemma '" .. base.orig_lemma .. "' needs an accent") end end) end local function detect_indicator_spec(base) if rfind(base.lemma, "[ыі]́?$") then base.decl = "normal" elseif rfind(base.lemma, "[ўн]$") then if base.surname then base.decl = "surname" else base.decl = "poss" end else error("Unrecognized adjective lemma: '" .. base.lemma .. "'") end end local function detect_all_indicator_specs(alternant_multiword_spec, use_variant_codes) iut.map_word_specs(alternant_multiword_spec, function(base) detect_indicator_spec(base) if alternant_multiword_spec.surname == nil then alternant_multiword_spec.surname = base.surname or false elseif alternant_multiword_spec.surname ~= (base.surname or false) then error("If 'surname' is specified in one alternant, it must be specified in all of them") end base.use_variant_codes = use_variant_codes end) end local function decline_adjective(base) if not decls[base.decl] then error("Internal error: Unrecognized declension type '" .. base.decl .. "'") end decls[base.decl](base) -- handle_derived_slots_and_overrides(base) end local function process_overrides(forms, args) for _, slot in ipairs(input_adjective_slots) do if args[slot] then forms[slot] = nil if args[slot] ~= "-" and args[slot] ~= "—" then for _, form in ipairs(rsplit(args[slot], "%s*,%s*")) do iut.insert_form(forms, slot, {form=form}) end end end end end local function set_accusative(alternant_multiword_spec) local forms = alternant_multiword_spec.forms if alternant_multiword_spec.surname then iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_m", forms["gen_m"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_p", forms["gen_p"]) elseif alternant_multiword_spec.special == "dva" then iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_mp_an", forms["gen_mp"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_mp_in", forms["nom_mp"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_fp", forms["nom_fp"]) else iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_n", forms["nom_n"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_m_an", forms["gen_m"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_m_in", forms["nom_m"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_p_an", forms["gen_p"]) iut.insert_forms(forms, "acc_p_in", forms["nom_p"]) end end local function add_categories(alternant_multiword_spec) local cats = {} local function insert(cattype) table.insert(cats, "Belarusian " .. cattype .. " adjectives") end if not alternant_multiword_spec.manual then iut.map_word_specs(alternant_multiword_spec, function(base) if base.decl == "poss" then insert("possessive") elseif rfind(base.lemma, "ы$") then insert("hard stem-stressed") elseif rfind(base.lemma, "ы́$") then insert("hard ending-stressed") elseif rfind(base.lemma, com.velar_c .. "і$") then insert("velar-stem stem-stressed") elseif rfind(base.lemma, com.velar_c .. "і́$") then insert("velar-stem ending-stressed") elseif rfind(base.lemma, "і$") then insert("soft") end end) end alternant_multiword_spec.categories = cats end local function show_forms(alternant_multiword_spec) local lemmas = {} local lemmaform = alternant_multiword_spec.forms.nom_m or alternant_multiword_spec.forms.nom_p or alternant_multiword_spec.forms.nom_mp if lemmaform then for _, form in ipairs(lemmaform) do table.insert(lemmas, com.remove_monosyllabic_accents(form.form)) end end local props = { lemmas = lemmas, slot_table = get_output_adjective_slots(alternant_multiword_spec), lang = lang, canonicalize = function(form) return com.remove_variant_codes(com.remove_monosyllabic_accents(form)) end, include_translit = true, -- Explicit additional top-level footnotes only occur with {{be-adecl-manual}}. footnotes = alternant_multiword_spec.footnotes, allow_footnote_symbols = not not alternant_multiword_spec.footnotes, } iut.show_forms(alternant_multiword_spec.forms, props) end local function make_table(alternant_multiword_spec) local forms = alternant_multiword_spec.forms local function template_prelude(min_width) return rsub([===[ <div> <div class="NavFrame" style="max-width: MINWIDTHem"> <div class="NavHead" style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)">{title}{annotation}</div> <div class="NavContent" style="overflow:auto"> {\op}| style="border:1px solid var(--border-color-base);border-collapse:collapse;background:var(--wikt-palette-palecyan);text-align:center; width: 100%" class="inflection-table" |- ]===], "MINWIDTH", min_width) end local function template_postlude() return [=[ |{\cl}{notes_clause}</div></div></div>]=] end local table_spec = [=[ <div> <div class="NavFrame" style="max-width: 70em"> <div class="NavHead" style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)">{title}{annotation}</div> <div class="NavContent"> {\op}| style="border:1px solid var(--border-color-base);border-collapse:collapse;background:var(--wikt-palette-palecyan);text-align:center; width:100%" class="inflection-table" |- ! style="width:20%;background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" colspan="2" | ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | masculine ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | neuter ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | feminine ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | plural |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | nominative | {nom_m} | {nom_n} | {nom_f} | {nom_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | genitive | colspan="2" | {gen_m} | {gen_f} | {gen_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | dative | colspan="2" | {dat_m} | {dat_f} | {dat_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" rowspan="2" | accusative ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | animate | {acc_m_an} | rowspan="2" | {acc_n} | rowspan="2" | {acc_f} | {acc_p_an} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | inanimate | {acc_m_in} | {acc_p_in} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | instrumental | colspan="2" | {ins_m} | {ins_f} | {ins_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | locative | colspan="2" | {loc_m} | {loc_f} | {loc_p}{short_clause} ]=] .. template_postlude() local table_spec_surname = template_prelude("55") .. [=[ ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | masculine ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | feminine ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | plural |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | nominative | {nom_m} | {nom_f} | {nom_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | genitive | {gen_m} | {gen_f} | {gen_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | dative | {dat_m} | {dat_f} | {dat_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | accusative | {acc_m} | {acc_f} | {acc_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | instrumental | {ins_m} | {ins_f} | {ins_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | locative | {loc_m} | {loc_f} | {loc_p} ]=] .. template_postlude() local table_spec_plonly = template_prelude("25") .. [=[ ! style="width:50%;background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" colspan="2" | ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | plural |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | nominative | {nom_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | genitive | {gen_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | dative | {dat_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" rowspan="2" | accusative ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | animate | {acc_p_an} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | inanimate | {acc_p_in} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | instrumental | {ins_p} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | locative | {loc_p} ]=] .. template_postlude() local table_spec_dva = template_prelude("40") .. [=[ ! style="width:40%;background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" colspan="2" | ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" colspan="2" | plural |- ! style="width:40%;background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" colspan="2" | ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | masculine/neuter ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" | feminine |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | nominative | {nom_mp} | {nom_fp} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | genitive | {gen_mp} | {gen_fp} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | dative | {dat_mp} | {dat_fp} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" rowspan="2" | accusative ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | animate | {acc_mp_an} | rowspan="2" | {acc_fp} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" | inanimate | {acc_mp_in} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | instrumental | {ins_mp} | {ins_fp} |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | locative | {loc_mp} | {loc_fp} ]=] .. template_postlude() local short_form_template = [=[ |- ! style="height:0.2em;background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)" colspan="6" | |- ! style="background:var(--wikt-palette-lighterblue)" colspan="2" | short form | {short_m} | {short_n} | {short_f} | {short_p}]=] local notes_template = [===[ <div style="width:100%;text-align:left;background:var(--wikt-palette-lightblue)"> <div style="display:inline-block;text-align:left;padding-left:1em;padding-right:1em"> {footnote} </div></div> ]===] if alternant_multiword_spec.title then forms.title = alternant_multiword_spec.title else forms.title = 'Declension of <i lang="be" class="Cyrl">' .. forms.lemma .. '</i>' end if alternant_multiword_spec.manual then forms.annotation = "" else local ann_parts = {} local decls = {} iut.map_word_specs(alternant_multiword_spec, function(base) if base.decl == "surname" then m_table.insertIfNot(decls, "surname") elseif base.decl == "poss" then m_table.insertIfNot(decls, "possessive") elseif rfind(base.lemma, "ы́?$") then m_table.insertIfNot(decls, "hard") elseif rfind(base.lemma, com.velar_c .. "і́?$") then m_table.insertIfNot(decls, "velar") else m_table.insertIfNot(decls, "soft") end end) table.insert(ann_parts, table.concat(decls, " // ")) forms.annotation = " (" .. table.concat(ann_parts, ", ") .. ")" end forms.notes_clause = forms.footnote ~= "" and m_string_utilities.format(notes_template, forms) or "" forms.short_clause = forms.short_m and forms.short_m ~= "—" and m_string_utilities.format(short_form_template, forms) or "" return m_string_utilities.format( alternant_multiword_spec.surname and table_spec_surname or alternant_multiword_spec.special == "plonly" and table_spec_plonly or alternant_multiword_spec.special == "dva" and table_spec_dva or table_spec, forms ) end -- Externally callable function to parse and decline an adjective given -- user-specified arguments. Return value is ALTERNANT_MULTIWORD_SPEC, an -- object where the declined forms are in `ALTERNANT_MULTIWORD_SPEC.forms` for -- each slot. If there are no values for a slot, the slot key will be missing. -- The value for a given slot is a list of objects {form=FORM, footnotes=FOOTNOTES}. -- -- If `use_variant_codes` is given, add VAR1 (Unicode 0xFFF0) to feminine -- instrumental singular endings in -й and VAR2 (Unicode 0xFFF1) to -- corresponding endings in -ю. The same additions will be made to corresponding -- noun endings, which will ensure that adjectival forms in -й are attached -- only to nominal forms in -й and vice-versa. function export.do_generate_forms(parent_args, pos, from_headword, def, use_variant_codes) local params = { [1] = {required = true, default = def or "сі́ні"}, title = true, json = {type = "boolean"}, -- for bot use } for _, slot in ipairs(input_adjective_slots) do params[slot] = true end local args = m_para.process(parent_args, params) local parse_props = { parse_indicator_spec = parse_indicator_spec, allow_default_indicator = true, } local alternant_multiword_spec = iut.parse_inflected_text(args[1], parse_props) alternant_multiword_spec.title = args.title alternant_multiword_spec.forms = {} normalize_all_lemmas(alternant_multiword_spec) detect_all_indicator_specs(alternant_multiword_spec, use_variant_codes) local inflect_props = { slot_table = get_output_adjective_slots(alternant_multiword_spec, "with linked"), -- See documentation for `use_variant_codes` in do_generate_forms(). get_variants = com.get_variants, inflect_word_spec = decline_adjective, } iut.inflect_multiword_or_alternant_multiword_spec(alternant_multiword_spec, inflect_props) process_overrides(alternant_multiword_spec.forms, args) set_accusative(alternant_multiword_spec) add_categories(alternant_multiword_spec) if args.json then return require("Module:JSON").toJSON(alternant_multiword_spec) end return alternant_multiword_spec end -- Externally callable function to parse and decline an adjective where all -- forms are given manually. Return value is WORD_SPEC, an object where the -- declined forms are in `WORD_SPEC.forms` for each slot. If there are no values -- for a slot, the slot key will be missing. The value for a given slot is a -- list of objects {form=FORM, footnotes=FOOTNOTES}. function export.do_generate_forms_manual(parent_args, pos, from_headword, def) local params = { special = {}, footnote = {list = true}, title = true, json = {type = "boolean"}, -- for bot use } for _, slot in ipairs(input_adjective_slots) do params[slot] = true end local args = m_para.process(parent_args, params) local alternant_multiword_spec = { special = args.special, title = args.title, footnotes = args.footnote, forms = {}, manual = true, } process_overrides(alternant_multiword_spec.forms, args) set_accusative(alternant_multiword_spec) add_categories(alternant_multiword_spec) if args.json then return require("Module:JSON").toJSON(alternant_multiword_spec) end return alternant_multiword_spec end -- Entry point for {{be-adecl}}. Template-callable function to parse and decline -- an adjective given user-specified arguments and generate a displayable table -- of the declined forms. function export.show(frame) local parent_args = frame:getParent().args local alternant_multiword_spec = export.do_generate_forms(parent_args) if type(alternant_multiword_spec) == "string" then -- json=1 specified return alternant_multiword_spec end show_forms(alternant_multiword_spec) return make_table(alternant_multiword_spec) .. require("Module:utilities").format_categories(alternant_multiword_spec.categories, lang) end -- Entry point for {{be-adecl-manual}}. Template-callable function to parse and -- decline an adjective given manually-specified inflections and generate a -- displayable table of the declined forms. function export.show_manual(frame) local parent_args = frame:getParent().args local alternant_multiword_spec = export.do_generate_forms_manual(parent_args) if type(alternant_multiword_spec) == "string" then -- json=1 specified return alternant_multiword_spec end show_forms(alternant_multiword_spec) return make_table(alternant_multiword_spec) .. require("Module:utilities").format_categories(alternant_multiword_spec.categories, lang) end return export 42x60v38c2azewkugyn7780pv30rj09 0 2331638 5724374 2026-06-08T08:59:24Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724374 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเปอร์เซีย == {{wp|fa:}} === การออกเสียง === {{fa-IPA|ir=āmrī`kāyi šumā`lī|dari=āmrī`kāyi šumā`lī|tg=amrī`kāyi šimā`lī}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{fa-regional|آمریکای شمالی|آمریکای شمالی|Амрикои Шимолӣ}} {{fa-proper noun|tr=âmrikâ-ye šomâli|head=[[آمریکا|آمریکای]] [[شُمالی]]}} # {{tcl|fa|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 9vc7z88r8gcdttvoandi31loag306ca 0 2331639 5724375 2026-06-08T09:00:10Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724375 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาโปแลนด์ == {{wp|pl:}} === รากศัพท์ === {{lit|North America}} === การออกเสียง === {{pl-pr|&|a=Pl-Ameryka_Północna.ogg}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{pl-prop|head=[[Ameryka]] [[północny|Północna]]|f|adj=północnoamerykański}} # {{tcl|pl|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{pl-decl-phrase|f|adj-f|tantum=s}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/pl}} === อ่านเพิ่ม === * {{R:pl:WSJP}} * {{R:pl:PWN}} 5h7aabmjoib1pef7l7ino9eyy7cspf2 0 2331640 5724376 2026-06-08T09:03:29Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724376 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตุรกีแบบออตโตมัน == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{der|ota|ar|شَمَالِيّ}} หรือ {{cog|fa|شمالی}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{head|ota|คำคุณศัพท์|tr=şimali}} # [[เหนือ]] ==== คำสืบทอด ==== * {{desc|tr|şimali}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:ota:Redhouse|page=1135}} == ภาษาเปอร์เซีย == === รากศัพท์ === {{root|fa|ar|ش م ل}} {{bor+|fa|ar|شَمَالِيّ}}, {{surf|fa|شمال<tr:{{fa-xlit|شَمَال//شُمَال}}><t:เหนือ>|ـی<tr:{{fa-xlit|ـِی}}><pos:Adjective forming suffix>|nocap=1}} === การออกเสียง === {{fa-IPA|ša`mālī,šumā`lī,šimā`lī|tg=šimā`lī|dari=ša`mālī|ir=šumā`lī}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{fa-adj|cls=شَمَالِی|ir=شُمَالِی|tg=шимолӣ}} # [[เหนือ]] #: {{coi|fa|[[کرهٔ '''شمالی''']]|tr=kore-ye '''šomâli'''|'''North''' Korea}} #: {{coi|fa|[[ایرلند '''شمالی''']]|tr=irland-e '''šomâli'''|'''Northern''' Ireland}} qsijyc65ggoug2rjeyewr7sqkgrgdg8 5724377 5724376 2026-06-08T09:04:50Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำคุณศัพท์ */ 5724377 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาตุรกีแบบออตโตมัน == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{der|ota|ar|شَمَالِيّ}} หรือ {{cog|fa|شمالی}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{head|ota|คำคุณศัพท์|tr=şimali}} # [[เหนือ]] ==== คำสืบทอด ==== * {{desc|tr|şimali}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:ota:Redhouse|page=1135}} == ภาษาเปอร์เซีย == === รากศัพท์ === {{root|fa|ar|ش م ل}} {{bor+|fa|ar|شَمَالِيّ}}, {{surf|fa|شمال<tr:{{fa-xlit|شَمَال//شُمَال}}><t:เหนือ>|ـی<tr:{{fa-xlit|ـِی}}><pos:Adjective forming suffix>|nocap=1}} === การออกเสียง === {{fa-IPA|ša`mālī,šumā`lī,šimā`lī|tg=šimā`lī|dari=ša`mālī|ir=šumā`lī}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{fa-adj|cls=شَمَالِی|ir=شُمَالِی|tg=шимолӣ}} # [[เหนือ]] #: {{coi|fa|[[کرهٔ '''شمالی''']]|tr=kore-ye '''šomâli'''|เกาหลี'''เหนือ'''}} #: {{coi|fa|[[ایرلند '''شمالی''']]|tr=irland-e '''šomâli'''|ไอร์แลนด์'''เหนือ'''}} 3mv15ck8qbtdted4d64yo12l958k7mp 0 2331641 5724378 2026-06-08T09:06:21Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724378 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาพม่า == {{wp|my:}} === รากศัพท์ === {{com|my|မြောက်|အမေရိက|t1=เหนือ|t2=อเมริกา}} === การออกเสียง === * {{my-IPA|မြောက်အ'မေ*ရိက}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{my-proper noun}} # {{tcl|my|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/my}} atbmoitkwnu5q2newtb186xdjebrtgg 0 2331642 5724379 2026-06-08T09:06:48Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724379 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฟินแลนด์ == === รากศัพท์ === {{affix|fi|pohjoinen|alt1=pohjois-|Amerikka}} === การออกเสียง === {{fi-p}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{fi-proper noun}} # {{tcl|fi|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{fi-decl-solakka|n=sg|Pohjois-Ameri|kk|k|a}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|fi|pohjoisamerikkalainen}} 6tcbb6iqfojkv96lxqo21bkf8oe5cus 0 2331643 5724380 2026-06-08T09:07:44Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724380 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษามาซิโดเนีย == === การออกเสียง === * {{mk-IPA}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{mk-adj|-}} # {{lb|mk|relational}} ที่เกี่ยวกับ[[อเมริกาเหนือ]] ==== การผันรูป ==== {{mk-decl-adj|северноамериканск}} d3n0tyootispvwwneg4qwkav39yy4l9 0 2331644 5724381 2026-06-08T09:08:24Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด เรียงลำดับหัวเรื่องภาษา 5724381 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษามาเลเซีย == {{wp|ms:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ms-proper noun}} # {{tcl|ms|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/ms}} == ภาษาอินโดนีเซีย == {{wp|id:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{id-proper noun}} # {{tcl|id|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/id}} 0tyd5xbq691fmwm9zlwjbbcban09bh0 0 2331645 5724382 2026-06-08T09:09:18Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724382 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษายูเครน == {{wp|uk:}} === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{compound|uk|північ|Америка}} === การออกเสียง === * {{uk-IPA|Півні́чна Аме́рика}} * {{audio|uk|LL-Q8798 (ukr)-Tohaomg-Північна Америка.wav}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{uk-proper noun|Півні́чна<+> Аме́рика<sg>|adj=північноамерика́нський}} # {{tcl|uk|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{uk-ndecl|Півні́чна<+> Аме́рика<sg>}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/uk}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:uk:SUM-11}} * {{R:uk:Horokh}} mb1b7ou0a9bednsrpwrqurnhsnr6i3e 0 2331646 5724383 2026-06-08T09:09:57Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724383 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษายูเครน == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{affix|uk|півні́чний|-о-|америка́нський}}; เทียบ{{cog|be|паўночнаамерыка́нскі}}, {{cog|pl|północnoamerykański}} === การออกเสียง === * {{uk-IPA|північноамерика́нський}} * {{audio|uk|LL-Q8798 (ukr)-Tohaomg-північноамериканський.wav}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{uk-adj|північноамерика́нський}} # ที่เกี่ยวกับ[[อเมริกาเหนือ]] #: {{cot|uk|південноамерика́нський}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{uk-adecl|північноамерика́нський}} ==== อ่านเพิ่ม ==== * {{R:uk:SUM-20|північноамериканський||12}} * {{R:uk:Horokh}} * {{R:uk:Kyiv}} {{topics|uk|อเมริกาเหนือ}} 9p98lmbayixf30orv3gx5vpacdkrdz7 0 2331647 5724384 2026-06-08T09:10:43Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724384 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเยอรมัน == === รากศัพท์ === {{affix|de|nord|amerikanisch}} หรือ {{suffix|de|Nordamerika|isch}} === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|de|/ˈnɔʁtʔameʁiˌkaːnɪʃ/}} * {{audio|de|De-nordamerikanisch.ogg|a=<<Germany>> (<<Berlin>>)}} === คำคุณศัพท์ === {{de-adj|comp}} # {{lb|de|relational}} ที่เกี่ยวกับ[[อเมริกาเหนือ]] ==== การผันรูป ==== {{de-adecl|comp}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|de|Nordamerikaner}} === อ่านเพิ่ม === * {{R:de:DWDS}} * {{R:de:UniLeipzig}} btntagz8oibkbbzvdhn5t4bb1xo2esg 0 2331648 5724385 2026-06-08T09:11:07Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724385 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษารัสเซีย == === การออกเสียง === * {{ru-IPA|Се́верная Аме́рика}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ru-proper noun+|[[северный|Се́верная]]|+|_|[[Аме́рика]]}} # {{tcl|ru|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{ru-noun-table|северный|Се́верная|+|_|Аме́рика|n=sg}} === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|ru|Центра́льная Аме́рика}} * {{l|ru|Ю́жная Аме́рика}} {{list:continents/ru}} oxedhcsqg3zuglcmj57iuru92k8qwfj 0 2331649 5724386 2026-06-08T09:12:26Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724386 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษารูซินแบบพันโนเนีย == === การออกเสียง === * {{rsk-IPA}} * {{hyph|rsk|Си|вер|на Аме|ри|ка}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{rsk-proper noun|f|head=[[сиверни|Сиверна]] [[Америка]]}} # {{tcl|rsk|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{coord|rsk|Централна Америка|Южна Америка}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{rsk-decl-noun-table|Сиверна Америка|Сиверней Америки|Сиверней Америки|Сиверну Америку|Сиверну Америку|Сиверней Америки|Сиверна Америко}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/rsk}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:rsk:SRS|Северна Америка|842|2}} {{cln|rsk|คำนามเอกพจน์เท่านั้น}} gy3m6gxhq9dd2apn8qz9mj9ke4t0h2y 0 2331650 5724387 2026-06-08T09:12:38Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724387 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาโรมาเนีย == {{wp|ro:}} === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|ro|[aˈme.ri.ka.deˌnord]}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ro-proper noun|f|head=[[America]] [[de]] [[nord|Nord]]}} # {{tcl|ro|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{ro-country|Americii de Nord}} ==== คำเกี่ยวข้อง ==== * {{l|ro|America}} * {{l|ro|America Centrală}} * {{l|ro|America de Sud}} * {{l|ro|nord-american}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{list:continents/ro}} hnblf0y0q746zzrk0fh5tm9bi002nse 0 2331651 5724388 2026-06-08T09:13:18Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724388 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลัตเวีย == {{swp|lv:}} [[ไฟล์:LocationNorthAmerica.png|thumb|250px|Ziemeļamerika]] === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{compound|lv|ziemeļi|Amerika|gloss1=เหนือ|gloss2=อเมริกา}} === การออกเสียง === {{rfap|lv}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{lv-proper noun|f|4th}} # {{tcl|lv|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{ux|lv|'''Ziemeļamerikas''' klimats un daba ir ļoti daudzveidīgi, jo kontinents ir izstiepts gan ziemeļu–dienvidu, gan austrumu–rietumu virzienā.|the climate and nature of '''North America''' are very diverse, because the continent is large both in north–south and in east–west direction.|inline=1}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{lv-decl-noun|Ziemeļamerik|a|4th|no-pl||||proper|extrawidth=-60}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== * {{l|lv|kontinents}} {{list:continents/lv}} 9rqiuwuvym16umpaz9thhpx3olf0gwl 0 2331652 5724389 2026-06-08T09:15:50Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724389 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลาโคตา == {{wikipedia|en:Turtle Island}} === รากศัพท์ === {{affix|lkt|khéya|wíta|t1=เต่าสแนปปิง|t2=เกาะ}}; เต่าเป็นสัญลักษณ์ของโลกในวัฒนธรรมลาโคตา === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|lkt|[kʰɛja wɪta]}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|lkt|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[khéya|Khéya]] [[wíta|Wíta]]}} # [[โลก]] # [[อเมริกาเหนือ]] # [[อเมริกาส์]], อเมริกาเหนือและใต้ #: {{uxi|lkt|Eháŋk'ehaŋ '''Khéya Wíta''' él tȟatȟáŋka forty million yukȟáŋpi.|There were forty million buffalo in '''the Americas''' in the old days.}} {{c|lkt|ทวีป}} t159oyrt46uvjkt25kmy1bewjtxngyb 5724390 5724389 2026-06-08T09:16:04Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำวิสามานยนาม */ 5724390 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลาโคตา == {{wikipedia|en:Turtle Island}} === รากศัพท์ === {{affix|lkt|khéya|wíta|t1=เต่าสแนปปิง|t2=เกาะ}}; เต่าเป็นสัญลักษณ์ของโลกในวัฒนธรรมลาโคตา === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|lkt|[kʰɛja wɪta]}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|lkt|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[khéya|Khéya]] [[wíta|Wíta]]}} # [[โลก]] # {{tcl|lkt|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} # [[อเมริกาส์]], อเมริกาเหนือและใต้ #: {{uxi|lkt|Eháŋk'ehaŋ '''Khéya Wíta''' él tȟatȟáŋka forty million yukȟáŋpi.|There were forty million buffalo in '''the Americas''' in the old days.}} {{c|lkt|ทวีป}} rvgbjmsyrfy8c1sicmxll9mmp4f0ce9 0 2331653 5724392 2026-06-08T09:17:19Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724392 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลาว == {{wp|lo:}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|lo|ອາເມລິກາເໜືອ}} === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{com|lo|ອາເມຣິກາ|ເໜືອ}} === การออกเสียง === {{lo-pron|ອາ-ເມ-ຣິ-ກາ-ເໜືອ}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{lo-proper noun}} # {{tcl|lo|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== * The letter {{m|lo|ຣ}} is officially obsolete yet remains in widespread use. Words spelled with ຣ all have an equivalent spelled with ລ which is nominally more official or standard. Which is more popular for a given Lao word is partly arbitrary. === ดูเพิ่ม === {{table:continents/lo}} agzlxh1msg9dfb490p7vjuc3jkabupx 5724393 5724392 2026-06-08T09:19:51Z OctraBot 3198 /* หมายเหตุการใช้ */ 5724393 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาลาว == {{wp|lo:}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|lo|ອາເມລິກາເໜືອ}} === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{com|lo|ອາເມຣິກາ|ເໜືອ}} === การออกเสียง === {{lo-pron|ອາ-ເມ-ຣິ-ກາ-ເໜືອ}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{lo-proper noun}} # {{tcl|lo|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== * ตัวอักษร {{m|lo|ຣ}} นั้นถือว่าเลิกใช้แล้วอย่างเป็นทางการ แต่ยังคงมีการใช้กันอย่างแพร่หลาย คำที่สะกดด้วย ຣ ทุกคำจะมีคำเทียบเท่าที่สะกดด้วย ລ ซึ่งโดยทั่วไปแล้วถือว่ามีความเป็นทางการหรือเป็นมาตรฐานมากกว่า การที่คำใดคำหนึ่งในภาษาลาวจะนิยมใช้ตัวอักษรใดนั้นขึ้นอยู่กับดุลพินิจบางส่วน === ดูเพิ่ม === {{table:continents/lo}} lr4afrn0u5esn5f4elryxub20em9nfo 0 2331654 5724394 2026-06-08T09:22:43Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724394 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเวลส์ == {{wp|cy:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{cy-proper noun|f|head=[[gogledd|Gogledd]] [[America]]}} # {{tcl|cy|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/cy}} {{list:countries in North America/cy}} s7letxghwqef34c0nbubi95lz0y5u8e 0 2331655 5724396 2026-06-08T09:27:55Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724396 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเวียดนาม == {{Wiktionary:Picture dictionary/vi:map/North America}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{vi-l|Bắc Mỹ}} === รากศัพท์ === {{vi-etym-sino|北美}} === การออกเสียง === {{vi-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{vi-proper noun}} # {{tcl|vi|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== * Textbooks usually make a clear distiction between ''Bắc Mĩ'' and {{m|vi|Trung Mĩ||[[Central America]]}}. Using ''Bắc Mĩ'' to additionally refer to Central America is usually found in translation of English contexts. * โดยปกติตำราเรียนจะแยกความแตกต่างระหว่าง ''Bắc Mĩ'' และ {{m|vi|Trung Mĩ||[[อเมริกากลาง]]}} อย่างชัดเจน การใช้คำว่า "Bắc Mĩ" เพื่อหมายรวมไปถึงอเมริกากลาง มักพบในบริบทการแปลจากภาษาอังกฤษ === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|vi|Trung Mĩ||อเมริกากลาง}} * {{l|vi|Nam Mĩ||[[อเมริกาใต้]]}} * {{l|vi|châu Mĩ||[[อเมริกาส์]]}} * {{l|vi|lục địa Bắc Mĩ||[[อเมริกาเหนือ]]}} {{qualifier|รวมไปถึงอเมริกากลาง}} 79g722yi3lc3dssgqutlk554dqbd588 5724397 5724396 2026-06-08T09:28:09Z OctraBot 3198 /* หมายเหตุการใช้ */ 5724397 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเวียดนาม == {{Wiktionary:Picture dictionary/vi:map/North America}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{vi-l|Bắc Mỹ}} === รากศัพท์ === {{vi-etym-sino|北美}} === การออกเสียง === {{vi-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{vi-proper noun}} # {{tcl|vi|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== * โดยปกติตำราเรียนจะแยกความแตกต่างระหว่าง ''Bắc Mĩ'' และ {{m|vi|Trung Mĩ||[[อเมริกากลาง]]}} อย่างชัดเจน การใช้คำว่า ''Bắc Mĩ'' เพื่อหมายรวมไปถึงอเมริกากลาง มักพบในบริบทการแปลจากภาษาอังกฤษ === ดูเพิ่ม === * {{l|vi|Trung Mĩ||อเมริกากลาง}} * {{l|vi|Nam Mĩ||[[อเมริกาใต้]]}} * {{l|vi|châu Mĩ||[[อเมริกาส์]]}} * {{l|vi|lục địa Bắc Mĩ||[[อเมริกาเหนือ]]}} {{qualifier|รวมไปถึงอเมริกากลาง}} gh1g79j8rroj2t72qayfw1aut7drzus 0 2331656 5724398 2026-06-08T09:29:16Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724398 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาสเปน == === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{affix|es|norte|América|t1=เหนือ|t2=อเมริกา}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{es-proper noun|f}} # {{tcl|es|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|es|América del Norte}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== {{col|es|norteamericano}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/es}} 80yk2vm2ya83uytmx43n1mzl8d2smr9 0 2331657 5724399 2026-06-08T09:30:02Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724399 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาสวาฮีลี == {{wp|sw:}} === การออกเสียง === * {{audio|sw|Sw-ke-Amerika ya Kaskazini.flac|a=Kenya}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|sw|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[Amerika]] ya [[kaskazini|Kaskazini]]}} # {{tcl|sw|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|sw|Amerika Kaskazini}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/sw}} 0yth6z8itlf2aj3df97tt8daebi0rpz 0 2331658 5724400 2026-06-08T09:31:15Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724400 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอัสสัม == {{wp|as:+ মহাদেশ}} === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{l|as|উত্তৰ আমেৰিকা মহাদেশ}} === รากศัพท์ === {{calque|as|en|North America}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{as-prpn}} # {{tcl|as|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{as-proper noun|uttor amerika|ই|i}} === ดูเพิ่ม === {{list:continents/as}} 5s8uk0gvizpsrgxvzafukf1ivx930ib 14 2331659 5724401 2026-06-08T09:31:22Z OctraBot 3198 สร้างหมวดหมู่อัตโนมัติ 5724401 wikitext text/x-wiki {{auto cat}} eomzlm5v4j7ond1phrju7cnue91g5qx 0 2331660 5724402 2026-06-08T09:31:42Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724402 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอาเซอร์ไบจาน == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|az|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[şimali|Şimali]] [[Amerika]]}} # {{tcl|az|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{az-ndecl/Latn|v|a}} 2u9tbzdxbne41hc9dh0qddn6i9uqujl 0 2331661 5724403 2026-06-08T09:31:54Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724403 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอาร์มีเนีย == === การออกเสียง === {{hy-IPA|Հյուսիսային Ամերիկա|Հյուսիսային Ամե՛րիկա}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{hy-h|propn|head=[[հյուսիսային|Հյուսիսային]] [[Ամերիկա]]}} # {{tcl|hy|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{hy-noun-ի-ներ|unc=on}} gw7ehseub64nez2jxij25jzyj41813u 0 2331662 5724404 2026-06-08T09:32:20Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724404 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอารามายาใหม่แบบอัสซีเรีย == === รูปแบบอื่น === * {{alt|aii|ܓܲܪܒܲܝ ܐܵܡܹܝܪܝܼܟܵܐ}} === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|aii|[ɡar.beː‿ʔɑːme.riːkɑː]|a=Standard}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{aii-proper-noun|[[ܓܪܒܝܐ|ܓܲܪܒܹܐ]] [[ܐܵܡܹܝܪܝܼܟܵܐ]]|f}} # {{tcl|aii|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|aii|ܓܲܪܒܹܐ ܐܵܡܹܝܪܝܼܟܵܝܵܐ|t=[[North American]]}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{table:continents/aii}} 3xsr13k27wn8h6fajce9duu8o2tyj7c 0 2331663 5724405 2026-06-08T09:32:27Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724405 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอาหรับ == {{wp|ar:}} === การออกเสียง === {{ar-pr|أَمْرِيكَا الشَّمَالِيَّة}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{ar-proper noun|[[أَمْرِيكَا]] [[شَمَالِيّ|الشَّمَالِيَّة]]|f}} # {{tcl|ar|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{ar-decl-noun|أَمْرِيكَا|mod=شَمَالِيّة|state=ind-def}} jj5tk91z0mpt1rtr9v7a44aalcx2v8u 0 2331664 5724406 2026-06-08T09:32:59Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724406 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอิตาลี == {{wp|it:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{it-proper noun|f|head=[[America]] [[del]] [[nord|Nord]]}} # {{tcl|it|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} #: {{syn|it|Nordamerica}} fsgnjrr2vzqxetckc2iyr3mowuo7vwi 0 2331665 5724407 2026-06-08T09:33:23Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724407 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาอุตซิตา == {{wp|oc:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{oc-proper noun|f|head=[[America]] [[del]] [[nòrd|Nòrd]]}} # {{tcl|oc|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 6pn4qkjd7kvdg875swjrt2eevupaynk 0 2331666 5724408 2026-06-08T09:33:42Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724408 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเอสโตเนีย == {{wp|et:}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|et|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|et|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 2xihqfcow0fml7pkxgi0wx4yqcdmolw 0 2331667 5724409 2026-06-08T09:33:47Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724409 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาเอสเปรันโต == {{wp|eo:}} === การออกเสียง === {{eo-pr}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{eo-proper noun}} # {{alternative form of|eo|Nord-Ameriko}}: {{tcl|eo|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} 6ebksdz3lb6rmkdu862rg0eeeiae9on 0 2331668 5724410 2026-06-08T09:33:53Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724410 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาแอลเบเนีย == {{wp|sq:Amerika Veriore}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{sq-proper noun|f|head=[[Amerikë]] [[verior|Veriore]]|Amerika Veriore}} # {{tcl|sq|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} t51w1swenyrie05cunlqvpxzqygg5pq 0 2331669 5724411 2026-06-08T09:34:13Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724411 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาแอลเบเนีย == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|sq|รูปวิสามานยนาม|head=[[verior|Veriore]] [[jugor|Veriore]]}} # {{inflection of|sq|Amerikë Veriore||def|nom|s}} re6xfm5x2zeocwzafmsbam5iw72twww 0 2331670 5724412 2026-06-08T09:34:47Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724412 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไอซ์แลนด์ == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{is-proper noun|@@}} # {{tcl|is|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{is-ndecl|[[norður|Norður]]-Ameríka<@@>}}<!-- per BÍN, Norður is not inflected --> ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{list:continents/is}} sbs5q77v3ubqh9zufa49wf3cup3501h 0 2331671 5724413 2026-06-08T09:35:21Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724413 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮังการี == {{swp|hu:}} [[ไฟล์:Location_North_America.svg|thumb|'''Észak-Amerika''']] === รากศัพท์ === จาก{{affix|hu|észak|Amerika|t1=เหนือ|t2=อเมริกา|pos=คำวิสามานยนาม}} === การออกเสียง === * {{hu-IPA}} * {{hyphenation|hu|Észak-Ame|ri|ka}} * {{rhymes|hu|kɒ|s=6}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|hu|คำวิสามานยนาม|head=[[észak|Észak]]-[[Amerika]]}} # {{tcl|hu|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{hu-infl-nom|Észak-Ameriká|o|n=sg}}{{hu-pos-tok|Észak-Ameriká|n=sg}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== {{col4|hu |észak-amerikai }} 69hs0xacqn3ba2a6ng6ai038ly42qfp 0 2331672 5724414 2026-06-08T09:36:17Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724414 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮาวาย == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|haw|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|haw|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} # {{demonym-noun|haw|<<ทวีป/อเมริกาเหนือ>>|t=ที่เกี่ยวกับอเมริกาเหนือ}} === คำกริยา === {{head|haw|คำกริยา}} # {{lb|haw|stative}} เป็นชาวอเมริกาเหนือ g0vrkwvznccb1npuoh7a0mkd54tz45g 5724419 5724414 2026-06-08T09:37:48Z OctraBot 3198 /* คำกริยา */ 5724419 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮาวาย == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{head|haw|คำวิสามานยนาม}} # {{tcl|haw|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} # {{demonym-noun|haw|<<ทวีป/อเมริกาเหนือ>>|t=ที่เกี่ยวกับอเมริกาเหนือ}} === คำกริยา === {{head|haw|คำกริยา}} # {{lb|haw|stative}} เป็นอเมริกาเหนือ/ชาวอเมริกาเหนือ csqk4kfla5a95timdxfbt804ammdgi6 0 2331673 5724420 2026-06-08T09:38:05Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724420 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮินดี == === การออกเสียง === * {{hi-IPA}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{hi-proper noun|m}} # {{alternative form of|hi|उत्तर अमेरिका}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{hi-ndecl|<M.unmarked.sg>}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|hi|उत्तर अमरीकी}} oek4i76o9dxa9v9r48wqkd04zvqhzzl 0 2331674 5724421 2026-06-08T09:38:29Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724421 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไอซ์แลนด์ == === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|is|/ˈaːmɛ(ˌ)riːka/}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{is-proper noun|@@}} # {{tcl|is|อเมริกา|id=Q30}} # {{lb|is|less common}} {{tcl|is|America|id=Q828}} ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== Usually always refers to the United States except when discussing the discovery of the Americas. The Americas are otherwise typically discussed separately as {{m|is|Norður-Ameríka||North America}}, {{m|is|Mið-Ameríka||Central America}} and {{m|is|Suður-Ameríka||South America}}. ==== การผันรูป ==== {{is-ndecl|f}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|is|amerískur}} * {{l|is|Norður-Ameríka}} * {{l|is|Suður-Ameríka}} t91dm61gdcd4gkpod0urf205fjvleuc 5724422 5724421 2026-06-08T09:41:38Z OctraBot 3198 /* ภาษาไอซ์แลนด์ */ 5724422 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไอซ์แลนด์ == === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|is|/ˈaːmɛ(ˌ)riːka/}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{is-proper noun|@@}} # {{tcl|is|อเมริกา|id=Q30}} # {{lb|is|less common}} [[อเมริกาส์]] (อเมริกาเหนือและใต้) ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== Usually always refers to the United States except when discussing the discovery of the Americas. The Americas are otherwise typically discussed separately as {{m|is|Norður-Ameríka||North America}}, {{m|is|Mið-Ameríka||Central America}} and {{m|is|Suður-Ameríka||South America}}. โดยปกติแล้ว คำว่า Ameríka มักหมายถึงสหรัฐอเมริกา ยกเว้นในกรณีที่กล่าวถึงการค้นพบทวีปอเมริกา โดยทั่วไปแล้ว ทวีปอเมริกาจะถูกกล่าวถึงแยกกันเป็น {{m|is|Norður-Ameríka||อเมริกาเหนือ}}, {{m|is|Mið-Ameríka||อเมริกากลาง}} และ{{m|is|Suður-Ameríka||อเมริกาใต้}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{is-ndecl|f}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|is|amerískur}} * {{l|is|Norður-Ameríka}} * {{l|is|Suður-Ameríka}} mqoups239ob4enpn3u574r6mzlxmiwa 5724423 5724422 2026-06-08T09:41:58Z OctraBot 3198 /* หมายเหตุการใช้ */ 5724423 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาไอซ์แลนด์ == === การออกเสียง === * {{IPA|is|/ˈaːmɛ(ˌ)riːka/}} === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{is-proper noun|@@}} # {{tcl|is|อเมริกา|id=Q30}} # {{lb|is|less common}} [[อเมริกาส์]] (อเมริกาเหนือและใต้) ==== หมายเหตุการใช้ ==== โดยปกติแล้ว คำว่า Ameríka มักหมายถึงสหรัฐอเมริกา ยกเว้นในกรณีที่กล่าวถึงการค้นพบทวีปอเมริกา (อเมริกาส์) โดยทั่วไปแล้ว ทวีปอเมริกาจะถูกกล่าวถึงแยกกันเป็น {{m|is|Norður-Ameríka||อเมริกาเหนือ}}, {{m|is|Mið-Ameríka||อเมริกากลาง}} และ{{m|is|Suður-Ameríka||อเมริกาใต้}} ==== การผันรูป ==== {{is-ndecl|f}} ==== ลูกคำ ==== * {{l|is|amerískur}} * {{l|is|Norður-Ameríka}} * {{l|is|Suður-Ameríka}} 7k1dt1vs1fyp8diqjssymmah91wxxgw 0 2331675 5724424 2026-06-08T09:42:39Z OctraBot 3198 นำเข้าจาก enwikt เก็บกวาด 5724424 wikitext text/x-wiki == ภาษาฮีบรู == === คำวิสามานยนาม === {{he-proper noun|wv=[[צְפוֹן]] [[אָמֵרִיקָה]]}} # {{tcl|he|อเมริกาเหนือ|id=Q49}} ==== ดูเพิ่ม ==== {{table:continents/he}} === อ้างอิง === * {{R:Hebrew Terms Database}} === อ่านเพิ่ม === * {{pedia|lang=he}} ev9bti3d08sbv80ne8o8r6bbuxgjm20